+

US20060241157A1 - Heterocyclic ppar modulators - Google Patents

Heterocyclic ppar modulators Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20060241157A1
US20060241157A1 US10/540,341 US54034105A US2006241157A1 US 20060241157 A1 US20060241157 A1 US 20060241157A1 US 54034105 A US54034105 A US 54034105A US 2006241157 A1 US2006241157 A1 US 2006241157A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
phenyl
methyl
group
aryl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/540,341
Inventor
Scott Conner
Tianwei Ma
Nathan Mantlo
Daniel Mayhugh
Jeffrey Schkeryantz
Alan Warshawsky
Guoxin Zhu
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Eli Lilly and Co
Original Assignee
Eli Lilly and Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Eli Lilly and Co filed Critical Eli Lilly and Co
Priority to US10/540,341 priority Critical patent/US20060241157A1/en
Assigned to ELI LILLY AND COMPANY reassignment ELI LILLY AND COMPANY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MA, TIANWEI, MANTLO, NATHAN BRYAN, CONNER, SCOTT EUGENE, MAYHUGH, DANIEL RAY, ZHU, GUOXIN, SCHKERYANTZ, JEFFREY MICHAEL, WARSHAWAKY, ALAN M
Publication of US20060241157A1 publication Critical patent/US20060241157A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D233/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D233/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D233/22—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D233/64—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms, e.g. histidine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
    • C07D249/04—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles
    • C07D249/06—1,2,3-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,3-triazoles with aryl radicals directly attached to ring atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D253/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D251/00
    • C07D253/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D251/00 not condensed with other rings
    • C07D253/04—1,2,3-Triazines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D261/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings
    • C07D261/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D261/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D261/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,2-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms

Definitions

  • PPARs Peroxisome Proliferator Activated Receptors
  • PPAR ⁇ Three subtypes of PPARs have been isolated: PPAR ⁇ , PPAR ⁇ and PPAR ⁇ .
  • each isoform differs significantly from the others, whereby PPAR ⁇ is expressed primarily, but not exclusively in liver; PPAR ⁇ is expressed primarily in adipose tissue; and PPAR ⁇ is expressed ubiquitously.
  • PPAR ⁇ agonists such as pioglitazone, can be useful in the treatment of non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. Such PPAR ⁇ agonists are associated with insulin sensitization.
  • PPAR ⁇ agonists such as fenofibrate
  • PPAR ⁇ agonists can be useful in the treatment of hyperlipidemia.
  • clinical evidence is not available to reveal the utility of PPAR ⁇ agonists in humans, several preclinical studies suggest that PPAR ⁇ agonists can be useful in the treatment of diabetes and lipid disorders.
  • Metabolic Syndrome osteosity, insulin resistance, hyperlipidemia, hypertension and atherosclerosis
  • PPAR ⁇ agonists have been suggested as a potential treatment for use in regulating many of the parameters associated with Metabolic Syndrome and Atherosclerosis.
  • a PPAR ⁇ agonist reduced circulating triglycerides and LDL, decreased basal insulin levels and increased HDL (Oliver, W. R. et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci 98:5306-5311; 2001).
  • the insulin sensitization observed with the use of a PPAR ⁇ agonist is thought to be in part due to decreased myocellular lipids (Dressel, U. et al. Mol Endocrinol 17:2477-2493; 2003).
  • Atherosclerosis is considered to be a disease consequence of dyslipidemia and may be associated with inflammatory disease.
  • C-reactive protein (CRP) production is part of the acute-phase response to most forms of inflammation, infection and tissue damage. It is measured diagnostically as a marker of low-grade inflammation. Plasma CRP levels of greater than 3 mg/L have been considered predictive of high risk for coronary artery disease (J. Clin. Invest 111: 1085-1812, 2003).
  • PPAR ⁇ agonists are believed to mediate anti-inflammatory effects. Indeed, treatment of LPS-stimulated macrophages with a PPAR ⁇ agonist has been observed to reduce the expression of iNOS, IL12, and IL-6 (Welch, J. S. et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci 100:6712-67172003).
  • the active pharmaceutical agent selectively modulates a PPAR receptor subtype to provide an especially desirable pharmacological profile.
  • the present invention is directed to compounds represented by the following structural Formula I′: and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
  • a further embodiement of the present invention is a compound of the Formula I′′: and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound of the Formula I′′′: and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
  • Another embodiment claimed herein is a compound of the Formula I: and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
  • the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or stereioisomer thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention relates to a method of selectively modulating a PPAR delta receptor by contacting the receptor with at least one compound represented by Structural Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or stereioisomer thereof.
  • the present invention relates to a method of modulating one or more of the PPAR alpha, beta, gamma, and/or delta receptors.
  • the present invention relates to a method of making a compound represented by Structural Formula I.
  • the compounds of the present invention are believed to be effective in treating and preventing Metabolic Disorder, Type II diabetes, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, obesity, coagaulopathy, hypertension, atherosclerosis, and other disorders related to Metabolic Disorder and cardiovascular diseases. Further, compounds of this invention can be useful for lowering fibrinogen, increasing HDL levels, treating renal disease, controlling desirable weight, treating demyelinating diseases, treating certain viral infections, and treating liver disease. In addition, the compounds can be associated with fewer clinical side effects than compounds currently used to treat such conditions.
  • aliphatic linker or “aliphatic group” is a non-aromatic, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen and may optionally contain one or more units of unsaturation, e.g., double and/or triple bonds (also refer herein as “alkenyl” and “alkynyl”).
  • An aliphatic or aliphatic group may be straight chained, branched (also refer herein as “alkyl”) or cyclic (also refer herein as “cycloalkyl). When straight chained or branched, an aliphatic group typically contains between about 1 and about 10 carbon atoms, more typically between about 1 and about 6 carbon atoms.
  • an aliphatic typically contains between about 3 and about 10 carbon atoms, more typically between about 3 and about 7 carbon atoms.
  • Aliphatics are preferably C 1 -C 10 straight chained or branched alkyl groups (i.e. completely saturated aliphatic groups), more preferably C 1 -C 6 straight chained or branched alkyl groups. Examples include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl.
  • Additional examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexylyl and the like.
  • Such aliphatic linker is optionally substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30. It can be preferred that aliphatic linker is substituted with from zero to two substituents each independently selected from R30. Further, it may be preferred that one carbon of the alphatic linker is replaced with an O, NH, or S.
  • alkyl refers to those alkyl groups of a designated number of carbon atoms of either a straight or branched saturated configuration.
  • C 0 alkyl means that there is no carbon and therefore represents a bond.
  • alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopentyl and the like.
  • Alkyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • alkyloxo means an alkyl group of the designated number of carbon atoms with a “ ⁇ O” substituent.
  • alkenyl or “alkylenyl” means hydrocarbon chain of a specified number of carbon atoms of either a straight or branched configuration and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, which may occur at any point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, vinyl, alkyl, 2-butenyl and the like.
  • Alkenyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • alkynyl means hydrocarbon chain of a specified number of carbon atoms of either a straight or branched configuration and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, which may occur at any point along the chain.
  • Example of alkynyl is acetylene.
  • Alkynyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • heteroalkyl refers to a means hydrocarbon chain of a specified number of carbon atoms wherein at least one carbon is replaced by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially saturated carbocycle containing one or more rings of from 3 to 12 carbon atoms, typically 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of cycloalkyl includes, but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl, and the like.
  • Cycloalkyaryl means that an aryl is fused with a cycloalkyl
  • Cycloalkylaryl-alkyl means that the cycloalkylaryl is linked to the parent molecule through the alkyl. Cycloalkyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • halo refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • haloalkyl is a C 1 -C 6 alkyl group, which is substituted with one or more halo atoms selected from F, Br, Cl and I.
  • An example of a haloalkyl group is trifluoromethyl (CF 3 ).
  • alkoxy represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge, such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, and the like. Alkoxy as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • haloalkyloxy represents a C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl group attached through an oxygen bridge, such as OCF 3 .
  • the “haloalkyloxy” as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • aryl includes carbocyclic aromatic ring systems (e.g. phenyl), fused polycyclic aromatic ring systems (e.g. naphthyl and anthracenyl) and aromatic ring systems fused to carbocyclic non-aromatic ring systems (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl).
  • Aryl as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • arylalkyl refers to an aryl alkyl group which is linked to the parent molecule through the alkyl group, which may be further optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • arylalkyl is arylC 0 alkyl, then the aryl group is bonded directly to the parent molecule.
  • arylheteroalkyl means an aryl group linked to the parent molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
  • acyl refers to alkylcarbonyl species.
  • heteroaryl group is an aromatic ring system having at least one heteroatom such as nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen and includes monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic ring of 5- to 14-carbon atoms containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S.
  • heteroaryl as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • heteroaryl examples include, but are not limited to, furanyl, indolyl, thienyl (also referred to herein as “thiophenyl”) thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazoyl, oxazoyl, pyrazoyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrimidinyl and purinyl, cinnolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinoline, isoxazolyl, isoquinoline and the like.
  • heteroarylalkyl means that the heteroaryl group is linked to the parent molecule through the alkyl portion of the heteroarylalkyl.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to a non-aromatic ring which contains one or more oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur and includes a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic non-aromatic ring of 5 to 14 carbon atoms containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N or S.
  • the “heterocycloalkyl” as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, and thiomorpholine.
  • alkyl groups include straight chained and branched hydrocarbons, which are completely saturated.
  • the phrase “selectively modulate” means a compound whose EC50 for the stated PPAR receptor is at least ten fold lower than its EC50 for the other PPAR receptor subtypes.
  • PPAR ⁇ has been proposed to associate with and dissociate from selective co-repressors (BCL-6) that control basal and stimulated anti-inflammatory activities (Lee, C-H. et al. Science 302:453-4572003).
  • BCL-6 selective co-repressors
  • PPAR ⁇ agonists are thought to be useful to attenuate other inflammatory conditions such as inflammation of the joints and connective tissue as occurs in rheumatoid arthritis, related autoimmune diseases, osteroarthritis, as well as myriad other inflammatory diseases, Crohne's disease, and psoriasis.
  • a compound represented by Structural Formula I When a compound represented by Structural Formula I has more than one chiral substituent it may exist in diastereoisomeric forms.
  • the diastereoisomeric pairs may be separated by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example chromatography or crystallization and the individual enantiomers within each pair may be separated using methods familiar to the skilled artisan.
  • the present invention includes each diastereoisomer of compounds of Structural Formula I and mixtures thereof.
  • Certain compounds of Structural Formula I may exist in different stable conformational forms which may be separable. Torsional asymmetry due to restricted rotation about an asymmetric single bond, for example because of steric hindrance or ring strain, may permit separation of different conformers.
  • the present invention includes each conformational isomer of compounds of Structural Formula I and mixtures thereof.
  • Certain compounds of Structural Formula I may exist in zwitterionic form and the present invention includes each zwitterionic form of compounds of Structural Formula I and mixtures thereof.
  • “Pharmaceutically-acceptable salt” refers to salts of the compounds of the Structural Formula I which are considered to be acceptable for clinical and/or veterinary use.
  • Typical pharmaceutically-acceptable salts include those salts prepared by reaction of the compounds of the present invention with a mineral or organic acid or an organic or inorganic base. Such salts are known as acid additiona salts and base addition salts, respectively. It will be recognized that the particular counterion forming a part of any salt of this invention is not of a critical nature, so long as the salt as a whole is pharmaceutically-acceptable and as long as the counterion does not contribute undesired qualities to the salt as a whole. These salts may be prepared by methods known to the skilled artisan.
  • active ingredient means the compounds generically described by Structural Formula I as well as the sterioisomers, salts, solvates, and hydrates,
  • compositions of the present invention are prepared by procedures known in the art using well known and readily available ingredients.
  • Preventing refers to reducing the likelihood that the recipient will incur or develop any of the pathological conditions described herein.
  • the term “preventing” is particularly applicable to a patient that is susceptible to the particular patholical condition.
  • Treating refers to mediating a disease or condition and preventing, or mitigating, its further progression or ameliorate the symptoms associated with the disease or condition.
  • “Pharmaceutically-effective amount” means that amount of active ingredientit, that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, or mammal. Such an amount can be administered prophylactically to a patient thought to be susceptible to development of a disease or condition. Such amount when administered prophylactically to a patient can also be effective to prevent or lessen the severity of the mediated condition. Such an amount is intended to include an amount which is sufficient to modulate a selected PPAR receptor or to prevent or mediate a disease or condition.
  • the effective amount of a Compound of Formula I will be between 0.02 through 5000 mg per day. Preferably the effective amount is between 1 through 1,500 mg per day. Preferably the dosage is from 1 through 1,000 mg per day. A most preferable the dose can be from 1 through 100 mg per day.
  • the desired dose may be presented in a single dose or as divisded doses administered at appropriate intervals.
  • a “mammal” is an individual animal that is a member of the taxonomic class Mammalia.
  • the class Mammalia includes humans, monkeys, chimpanzees, gorillas, cattle, swine, horses, sheep, dogs, cats, mice, and rats.
  • the compounds and compositions of the present invention are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cardiovascular disease, for raising serum HDL cholesterol levels, for lowering serum triglyceride levels and for lower serum LDL cholesterol levels. Elevated triglyceride and LDL levels, and low HDL levels, are risk factors for the development of heart disease, stroke, and circulatory system disorders and diseases.
  • the compound and compositions of the present invention may reduce the incidence of undesired cardiac events in patients.
  • the physician of ordinary skill will know how to identify-humans who will benefit from administration of the compounds and compositions of the present invention.
  • the compounds and compositions of the present invention are also useful for treating and/or preventing obesity.
  • these compounds and compositions are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) with reduced or no body weight gains by the patients.
  • NIDDM non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • the compounds and compositions of the present invention are useful to treat or prevent acute or transient disorders in insulin sensitivity, such as sometimes occur following surgery, trauma, myocardial infarction, and the like. The physician of ordinary skill will know how to identify humans who will benefit from administration of the compounds and compositions of the present invention.
  • the present invention further provides a method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of hyperglycemia in a human or non-human mammal which comprises administering an effective amount of active ingredient, as defined herein, to a hyperglycemic human or non-human mammal in need thereof.
  • the invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula I as described above, for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a PPAR receptor mediated condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Structural Formula I can be used for the preparation of a medicament useful for treating Metabolic Disorder, diabetes, treating obesity, lowering tryglyceride levels, lowering serum LDL levels, raising the plasma level of high density lipoprotein, and for treating, preventing or reducing the risk of developing atherosclerosis, and for preventing or reducing the risk of having a first or subsequent atherosclerotic disease event in mammals, particularly in humans.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention typically reduces serum triglyceride levels of a patient by about 20% or more, and increases serum HDL levels in a patient. Preferably, HDL levels will be increased by about 30% or more.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound, used to prevent or treat NIDDM typically reduces serum glucose levels, or more specifically HbAlc, of a patient by about 0.7% or more.
  • Metabolic Syndrome includes pre-diabetic insulin resistance syndrome and the resulting complications thereof, insulin resistance, non-insulin dependent diabetes, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia obesity, coagulopathy, hypertension and other complications associated with diabetes.
  • the methods and treatments mentioned herein include the above and encompass the treatment and/or prophylaxis of any one of or any combination of the following: pre-diabetic insulin resistance syndrome, the resulting complications thereof, insulin resistance, Type II or non-insulin dependent diabetes, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia, obesity and the complications associated with diabetes including cardiovascular disease, especially atherosclerosis.
  • the methods and treatments mentioned herein include the above and encompass the treatment and/or prophylaxis of any one of or any combination of the following inflammatory and autoimmune diseases: adult r emotionalory distress syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, demyelinating disease, Chrohne's disease, asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, and bursitis.
  • compositions are formulated and administered in the same general manner as detailed herein.
  • the compounds of the instant invention may be used effectively alone or in combination with one or more additional active agents depending on the desired target therapy.
  • Combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage composition which contains a compound of Structural Formula I, a stereoisomer, salt, solvate and/or hydrate thereof (“Active Igredient”) and one or more additional active agents, as well as administration of a compound of Active Ingredient and each active agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation.
  • an Active Ingredient and an insulin secretogogue such as biguanides, thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, insulin, or ⁇ -glucosidose inhibitors can be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent administered in separate oral dosage formulations.
  • an Active Ingredient and one or more additional active agents can be administered at essentially the same time, i.e., concurrently, or at separately staggered times, i.e., sequentially; combination therapy is understood to include all these regimens.
  • An example of combination treatment or prevention of atherosclerosis may be wherein an Active Ingredient is administered in combination with one or more of the following active agents: antihyperlipidemic agents; plasma HDL-raising agents; antihypercholesterolemic agents, fibrates, vitamins, aspirin, and the like.
  • active agents antihyperlipidemic agents; plasma HDL-raising agents; antihypercholesterolemic agents, fibrates, vitamins, aspirin, and the like.
  • the Active Ingredient can be administered in combination with more than one additional active agent.
  • Another example of combination therapy can be seen in treating diabetes and related disorders wherein the Active Ingredient can be effectively used in combination with, for example, sulfonylureas, biguanides, thiazolidinediones, ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitors, other insulin secretogogues, insulin as well as the active agents discussed above for treating atherosclerosis.
  • Active Ingredient can be effectively used in combination with, for example, sulfonylureas, biguanides, thiazolidinediones, ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitors, other insulin secretogogues, insulin as well as the active agents discussed above for treating atherosclerosis.
  • the Active Ingredients of the present invention have valuable pharmacological properties and can be used in pharmaceutical compositions containing a therapeutically effective amount of Active Ingredient of the present invention, in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • Excipients are inert substances such as, without limitation carriers, diluents, fillers, flavoring agents, sweeteners, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, wetting agents, binders, disintegrating agents, encapsulating material and other-conventional adjuvants. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions typically contain from about 1 to about 99 weight percent of the Active Ingredient of the present invention.
  • the pharmaceutical formulation is in unit dosage form.
  • a “unit dosage form” is a physically discrete unit containing a unit dose, suitable for administration in human subjects or other mammals.
  • a unit dosage form can be a capsule or tablet, or a number of capsules or tablets.
  • a “unit dose” is a predetermined quantity of the Active Ingredient of the present invention, calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients.
  • the quantity of active ingredient in a unit dose may be varied or adjusted from about 0.1 to about 1500 milligrams or more according to the particular treatment involved. It may be preferred that the unit dosage is from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg.
  • the dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected by one of ordinary skill in the medical or veterinary arts, in view of a variety of factors, including, without limitation, the species, age, weight, sex, and medical condition of the recipient, the severity of the condition to be treated, the route of administration, the level of metabolic and excretory function of the recipient, the dosage form employed, the particular compound and salt thereof employed, and the like.
  • compositions containing the compound of Structural Formula I or the salts thereof may be provided in dosage unit form, preferably each dosage unit containing from about 1 to about 500 mg be administered although it will, of course, readily be understood that the amount of the compound or compounds of Structural Formula I actually to be administered will be determined by a physician, in the light of all the relevant circumstances.
  • the compounds of the present invention are administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dose may be administered in divided doses, two, three, or more times per day. Where delivery is via transdermal forms, of course, administration is continuous.
  • Suitable routes of administration of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, for example, oral, eyedrop, rectal, transmucosal, topical, or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery (bolus or infusion), including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections.
  • parenteral delivery bolus or infusion
  • intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections.
  • the compounds of the invention can also be administered in a targeted drug delivery system, such as, for example, in a liposome coated with endothelial cell-specific antibody.
  • Solid form formulations include powders, tablets and capsules.
  • Sterile liquid formulations include suspensions, emulsions, syrups, and elixirs.
  • compositions of the present invention can be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilizing processes.
  • Hard gelatin capsules are prepared using the following ingredients: Quantity (mg/capsule) Active Ingredient 250 Starch, dried 200 Magnesium stearate 10 Total 460 mg
  • a tablet is prepared using the ingredients below: Quantity (mg/tablet) Active Ingredient 250 Cellulose, microcrystalline 400 Silicon dioxide, fumed 10 Stearic acid 5 Total 665 mg
  • the components are blended and compressed to form tablets each weighing 665 mg .
  • the compound is radiolabelled, such as with carbon-14, or tritiated.
  • Said radiolabelled or tritiated compounds are useful as reference standards for in vitro assays to identify new selective PPAR receptor agonists.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be useful for modulating insulin secretion and as research tools. Certain compounds and conditions within-the scope of this invention are preferred. The following conditions, invention embodiments, and compound characteristics listed in tabular form may be independently combined to produce a variety of preferred compounds and process conditions. The following list of embodiments of this invention is not intended to limit the scope of this invention in any way.
  • an intermediate like A is alkylated with an alkylating agent B in the presence of a base (e.g. K2CO3, Cs2CO3 etc.). Hydrolysis in the presence of aqueous NaOH or LiOH gave the acid product.
  • a base e.g. K2CO3, Cs2CO3 etc.
  • an intermediate like A is coupled with an alcohol C under Mitsunobu reaction condition (DEAD/PPh3, ADDP/Pbu3 etc.). Hydrolysis in the presence of aqueous NaOH or LiOH gave the acid product:
  • Thioether analogs could also be prepared by a ZnI2 mediated thioether formation reaction as shown below:
  • the pyrazole intermediates can be made by the following method starting from ⁇ -ketoesters:
  • Imidazole intermediate can be made according to scheme 5:
  • Isoxazole intermediate is obtained by the following cycloaddition reaction:
  • Triazole intermediate can be made by the following method:
  • Infrared spectra are recorded on a Perkin Elmer 781 spectrometer.
  • 13 C NMR are recorded on a Varian 400 MHz spectrometer at ambient temperature.
  • Phenoxy-acetic acid ethyl ester (9.1 mL) is added to chlorosulfonic acid (15 mL) at 0° C. dropwise. The reaction is stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, it is allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 hrs, the reaction mixture is poured into ice, solid product is collected by filtration and dried under vacuum.
  • This compound can also be made by the following procedure: To a stirred suspension of Zn powder (10 ⁇ m, 78.16 g, 1.2 mol) and dichlorodimethyl silane (154.30 g, 145.02 mL, 1.2 mol) in 500 mL of dichloroethane is added a solution of (4-chlorosulfonyl-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (100 g, 0.34 mol) and 1,3-dimethylimidazolidin-2-one (116.98 g, 112.05 mL, 1.02 mol) in 1 L of DCE.
  • Addition is at a rate so as to maintain the internal temperature at ⁇ 52° C., cooling with chilled water as necessary. After addition is complete, the mixture is heated at 75° C. for 1 hour. It is then cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated iv. Add MTBE, washed twice with saturated LiCl solution concentrate iv again. Take up the residue in CH 3 CN, wash with hexane (4 ⁇ ) and concentrate iv to yield a biphasic mixture. Let stand in a separatory funnel and separate layers, keeping the bottom layer for product. Filtration through a plug of silica gel (1 Kg, 25% EtOAc/hexane) and subsequent concentration yields 61 g (79%) of a clear, colorless oil.
  • 3-(4-Dimethylthiocarbamoyloxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester taken crude from the previous step, is diluted with 75 mL of tetradecane and heated to reflux under nitrogen. The reaction is monitored by TLC until all the conversion is complete, 20h. The reaction is allowed to cool to room temperature, then the tetradecane is decanted away from the resulting oil. The residue is-rinsed several times with hexanes. This oil is then purified using flash column chromatography, yielding 5.01 g, or 69% (2 steps) of the product.
  • Methylacrylate (10 mL, 121.5 mmol), palladium acetate (1.12 g, 5 mmol), tri-o-tolylphosphine (3.0 g, 10 mmol), and N,N-diisopropyl ethylamine (8.7 mL, 50 mmol) are sequentially added and the resulting reaction mixture is heated to 110 deg C. 3 hr.
  • the mixture is concentrated, and the residue diluted with aqueous hydrochloric acid (100 mL, 1M).
  • the product is extracted with dichloromethane (2 ⁇ 100 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL).
  • the intermediate obtained from Step A is obtained from two separate methods.
  • This compound can be prepared by the following two different method:
  • a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (3.74 g, 33.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 ml) is added dropwise over 15 minutes to a cooled (0° C.) suspension of methoxymethyltriphenylphosphonium chloride (11.41 g, 33.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (35 ml) .
  • the mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes and then treated dropwise over 5 minutes with a solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone (3.0 g, 11.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml).
  • the oxime intermediate (2.40 g, 12.7 mmol) is then dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and added the NCS (0.93 g, 6.95 mmol). Use heat gun to initiate the reaction and then add another portion of NCS (0.93 g, 6.95 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with water (50 mL).
  • the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (50 mL ⁇ 2) and the combined organics are dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), concentrated,. and purified on silica gel chromatography column with 20-50% EtOAc/Hexanes to yield the title compound (2.60 g, 92%).
  • Lithium hexamethyldisilazane (0.51 mL, 0.51 mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of (3- ⁇ 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl ⁇ -phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (0.20 g, 0.46 mmol) in 5 mL THF at ⁇ 78 C.
  • the resultant solution is stirred for 30 minutes and methyl iodide (0.034 mL, 0.55 mmol) is added dropwise.
  • Zinc iodide (105 mg, 0.33 mmol) is added to a solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol (185 mg, 0.65 mmol) and (4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (176 mg, 0.78 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (1 ml) and the solution stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. The mixture is diluted with water (20 ml) and dichloromethane (10 ml), the organic layer is removed, and the remaining aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane (2 ⁇ 10 ml).
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% n-propanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% n-propanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 15% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 15% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OJ (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 100% ethanol containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • the title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OJ (4.6 ⁇ 250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 100% ethanol containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer.
  • the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is directed to compounds represented by the following structural formula, Formula I: wherein: (a) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N; (b) U is an aliphatic linker; (c) Y is selected from the group consisting of O, C, S, NH and a single bond; (d) E is C(R3)(R4)A or A and wherein (i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; (e) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N; (f) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C. (g) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl and halo; (h) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29.

Description

    BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Peroxisome Proliferator Activated Receptors (PPARs) are members of the nuclear hormone receptor superfamily, a large and diverse group of proteins that mediate ligand-dependent transcriptional activation and repression. Three subtypes of PPARs have been isolated: PPARα, PPARγ and PPARδ.
  • The expression profile of each isoform differs significantly from the others, whereby PPARα is expressed primarily, but not exclusively in liver; PPARγ is expressed primarily in adipose tissue; and PPARδ is expressed ubiquitously. Studies of the individual PPAR isoforms and ligands have revealed their regulation of processes involved in insulin resistance and diabetes, as well as lipid disorders, such as hyperlipidemia and dyslipidemia. PPARγ agonists, such as pioglitazone, can be useful in the treatment of non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus. Such PPARγ agonists are associated with insulin sensitization.
  • PPARα agonists, such as fenofibrate, can be useful in the treatment of hyperlipidemia. Although clinical evidence is not available to reveal the utility of PPARδ agonists in humans, several preclinical studies suggest that PPARδ agonists can be useful in the treatment of diabetes and lipid disorders.
  • The prevalence of the conditions that comprise Metabolic Syndrome (obesity, insulin resistance, hyperlipidemia, hypertension and atherosclerosis) continues to increase. New pharmaceutical agents are needed to address the unmet clinical needs of patients.
  • PPARδ agonists have been suggested as a potential treatment for use in regulating many of the parameters associated with Metabolic Syndrome and Atherosclerosis. For example, in obese, non-diabetic rhesus monkeys, a PPARδ agonist reduced circulating triglycerides and LDL, decreased basal insulin levels and increased HDL (Oliver, W. R. et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci 98:5306-5311; 2001). The insulin sensitization observed with the use of a PPARδ agonist is thought to be in part due to decreased myocellular lipids (Dressel, U. et al. Mol Endocrinol 17:2477-2493; 2003).
  • Further, atherosclerosis is considered to be a disease consequence of dyslipidemia and may be associated with inflammatory disease. C-reactive protein (CRP) production is part of the acute-phase response to most forms of inflammation, infection and tissue damage. It is measured diagnostically as a marker of low-grade inflammation. Plasma CRP levels of greater than 3 mg/L have been considered predictive of high risk for coronary artery disease (J. Clin. Invest 111: 1085-1812, 2003).
  • PPARδ agonists are believed to mediate anti-inflammatory effects. Indeed, treatment of LPS-stimulated macrophages with a PPARδ agonist has been observed to reduce the expression of iNOS, IL12, and IL-6 (Welch, J. S. et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci 100:6712-67172003).
  • It may be especially desirable when the active pharmaceutical agent selectively modulates a PPAR receptor subtype to provide an especially desirable pharmacological profile. In some instances, it can be desirable when the active pharmacological agent selectively modulates more than one PPAR receptor subtype to provide a desired pharmacological profile.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to compounds represented by the following structural Formula I′:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00001
    and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
      • (a) R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and, wherein C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents independently selected from R1′;
      • (b) R1′, R26, R27, R28 and R31 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryloxy, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)R13, COOR14, OC(O)R15, OS(O)2R16, N(R17)2, NR18C(O)R19, NR20SO2R21, SR22, S(O)R23, S(O)2R24, and S(O)2N(R25)2; R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (c) R2 is selected from the group consisting of C0-C8 alkyl and C1-4-heteroalkyl;
      • (d) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N;
      • (e) U is an aliphatic linker wherein one carbon atom of the aliphatic linker is optionally replaced with O, NH or S, and wherein such aliphatic linker is optionally substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30;
      • (f) Y is selected from the group consisting of C, NH, and a single bond;
      • (g) E is C(R3)(R4)A or A and wherein
        • (i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; wherein sulfonamide, acylsulfonamide and tetrazole are each optionally substituted with from one to two groups independently selected from R7;
        • (ii) each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, aryl C0-C4 alkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
        • (iii) R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C5 alkyl, and C1-C5 alkoxy; and
        • (iv) R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R26;
      • (h) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N;
      • (i) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C;
      • (j) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, and halo;
      • (k) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29, and wherein aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R27; R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;
      • (l) R10, R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C0-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, aryloxy, C(O)R13′, COOR14′, OC(O)R15′, OS(O)2R16′, N(R17′)2, NR18′C(O)R19′, NR20′SO2R21′, SR22′, S(O)R23′, S(O)2R24′, and S(O)2N(R25′)2; and wherein aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R28;
      • (m) R12′, R12″, R13′, R14′, R15′, R16′, R17′, R18′, R19′, R20′, R21′, R22′, R23′, R24′, and R25′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (n) R30 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and wherein C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R31;
      • (o) R32 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, hydrogen, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyloxo; and
      • (p) — is optionally a bond to form a double bond at the indicated position.
  • A further embodiement of the present invention is a compound of the Formula I″:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00002
    and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
      • (a) R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and, wherein C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents independently selected from R1′;
      • (b) R1′, R26, R27, R28 and R31 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryloxy, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)R13, COOR14, OC(O)R15, OS(O)2R16, N(R17)2, NR18C(O)R19, NR20SO2R21, SR22, S(O)R23, S(O)2R24, and S(O)2N(R25)2; R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (c) R2 is selected from the group consisting of C0-C8 alkyl and C1-4-heteroalkyl;
      • (d) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N;
      • (e) U is an aliphatic linker wherein one carbon atom of the aliphatic linker is optionally replaced with O, NH or S, and wherein such aliphatic linker is substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30;
      • (f) Y is selected from the group consisting of C, O, S, NH and a single bond;
      • (g) E is C(R3)(R4)A or A and wherein
        • (i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; wherein sulfonamide, acylsulfonamide and tetrazole are each optionally substituted with from one to two groups independently selected from R7;
        • (ii) each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, aryl C0-C4 alkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
        • (iii) R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C5 alkyl, and C1-C5 alkoxy; and
        • (iv) R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R26;
      • (h) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N;
      • (i) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C;
      • (j) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, and halo;
      • (k) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29, and wherein aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R27; R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;
      • (l) R10, R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C0-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, aryloxy, C(O)R13′, COOR14′, OC(O)R15′, OS(O)2R16′, N(R17′)2, NR18′C(O)R19′, NR20′SO2R21′, SR22′, S(O)R23′, S(O)2R24′, and S(O)2N(R25′)2; and wherein aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R28;
      • (m) R12′, R12″, R13′, R14′, R15′, R16′, R17′, R18′, R19′, R20′, R21′, R22′, R23′, R24′, and R25′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (n) R30 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and wherein C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R31;
      • (o) R32 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, hydrogen, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyloxo; and
      • (p) — is optionally a bond to form a double bond at the indicated position.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention is a compound of the Formula I′″:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00003
    and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
      • (a) R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and, wherein C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents independently selected from R1′;
      • (b) R1′, R26, R27, R28 and R31 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryloxy, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)R13, COOR14, OC(O)R15, OS(O)2R16, N(R17)2, NR18C(O)R19, NR20SO2R21, SR22, S(O)R23, S(O)2R24, and S(O)2N(R25)2; R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (c) R2 is selected from the group consisting of C0-C8 alkyl and C1-4-heteroalkyl;
      • (d) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N;
      • (e) U is an aliphatic linker wherein one carbon atom of the aliphatic linker is optionally replaced with O, NH or S, and wherein such aliphatic linker is optionally substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30;
      • (f) Y is selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, C, and a single bond;
      • (g) E is C(R3)(R4)A; wherein
        • (i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; wherein sulfonamide, acylsulfonamide and tetrazole are each optionally substituted with from one to two groups independently selected from R7;
        • (ii) each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6haloalkyl, aryl C0-C4 alkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
        • (iii) R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C5 alkyl, and C1-C5 alkoxy; and
        • (iv) R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R26;
        • with the proviso that when Y is C then R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with one to three each independently selected from R26;
      • (h) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N;
      • (i) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C;
      • (j) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, and halo;
      • (k) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29, and wherein aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R27; R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;
      • (l) R10, R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C0-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, aryloxy, C(O)R13′, COOR14′, OC(O)R15′, OS(O)2R16′, N(R17′)2, NR18′C(O)R19′, NR20′SO2R21′, SR22′, S(O)R23′, S(O)2R24′, and S(O)2N(R25′)2; and wherein aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R28;
      • (m) R12′, R12″, R13′, R14′, R15′, R16′, R17′, R18′, R19′, R20′, R21′, R22′, R23′, R24′, and R25′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (n) R30 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and wherein C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R31;
      • (o) R32 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, hydrogen, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyloxo; and
      • (p) — is optionally a bond to form a double bond at the indicated position.
  • Another embodiment claimed herein is a compound of the Formula I:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00004
    and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
      • (a) R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and, wherein C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents independently selected from R1′;
      • (b) R1′, R26, R27, R28 and R31 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryloxy, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)R13, COOR14, OC(O)R15, OS(O)2R16, N(R17)2, NR18C(O)R19, NR20SO2R21, SR22, S(O)R23, S(O)2R24, and S(O)2N(R25)2; R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (c) R2 is selected from the group consisting of C0-C8 alkyl and C1-4-heteroalkyl;
      • (d) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N;
      • (e) U is an aliphatic linker wherein one carbon atom of the aliphatic linker may be replaced with O, NH or S, and wherein such aliphatic linker is optionally substituted with R30;
      • (f) Y is selected from the group consisting of C, O, S, NH and a single bond;
      • (g) E is C(R3)(R4)A or A and wherein
        • (i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; wherein sulfonamide, acylsulfonamide and tetrazole are each optionally substituted with from one to two groups independently selected from R7;
        • (ii) each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, aryl C0-C4 alkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
        • (iii) R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C5 alkyl, and C1-C5 alkoxy; and
        • (iv) R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R26;
      • (h) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N;
      • (i) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C;
      • (j) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, and halo;
      • (k) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29, and wherein aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R27; R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;
      • (l) R10, R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C0-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, aryloxy, C(O)R13′, COOR14′, OC(O)R15′, OS(O)2R16′, N(R17′)2, NR18′C(O)R19′, NR20′SO2R21′, SR22′, S(O)R23′, S(O)2R24′, and S(O)2N(R25′)2; and wherein aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R28;
      • (m) R12′, R12″, R13′, R14′, R15′, R16′, R17′, R18′, R19′, R20′, R21′, R22′, R23′, R24′, and R25′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
      • (n) R30 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and wherein C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R31;
      • (o) R32 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, hydrogen, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyloxo; and
      • (p) — is optionally a bond to form a double bond at the indicated position.
  • In one embodiment, the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or stereioisomer thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of selectively modulating a PPAR delta receptor by contacting the receptor with at least one compound represented by Structural Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or stereioisomer thereof.
  • In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of modulating one or more of the PPAR alpha, beta, gamma, and/or delta receptors.
  • In a further embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of making a compound represented by Structural Formula I.
  • The compounds of the present invention are believed to be effective in treating and preventing Metabolic Disorder, Type II diabetes, hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia, obesity, coagaulopathy, hypertension, atherosclerosis, and other disorders related to Metabolic Disorder and cardiovascular diseases. Further, compounds of this invention can be useful for lowering fibrinogen, increasing HDL levels, treating renal disease, controlling desirable weight, treating demyelinating diseases, treating certain viral infections, and treating liver disease. In addition, the compounds can be associated with fewer clinical side effects than compounds currently used to treat such conditions.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The terms used to describe the instant invention have the following meanings.
  • As used herein, the term “aliphatic linker” or “aliphatic group” is a non-aromatic, consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen and may optionally contain one or more units of unsaturation, e.g., double and/or triple bonds (also refer herein as “alkenyl” and “alkynyl”). An aliphatic or aliphatic group may be straight chained, branched (also refer herein as “alkyl”) or cyclic (also refer herein as “cycloalkyl). When straight chained or branched, an aliphatic group typically contains between about 1 and about 10 carbon atoms, more typically between about 1 and about 6 carbon atoms. When cyclic, an aliphatic typically contains between about 3 and about 10 carbon atoms, more typically between about 3 and about 7 carbon atoms. Aliphatics are preferably C1-C10 straight chained or branched alkyl groups (i.e. completely saturated aliphatic groups), more preferably C1-C6 straight chained or branched alkyl groups. Examples include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, and tert-butyl. Additional examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexylyl and the like. Such aliphatic linker is optionally substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30. It can be preferred that aliphatic linker is substituted with from zero to two substituents each independently selected from R30. Further, it may be preferred that one carbon of the alphatic linker is replaced with an O, NH, or S.
  • The term “alkyl,” unless otherwise indicated, refers to those alkyl groups of a designated number of carbon atoms of either a straight or branched saturated configuration. As used herein, “C0 alkyl” means that there is no carbon and therefore represents a bond. Examples of “alkyl” include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl and tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isopentyl and the like. Alkyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above. As used herein, the term “alkyloxo” means an alkyl group of the designated number of carbon atoms with a “═O” substituent.
  • The term “alkenyl” or “alkylenyl” means hydrocarbon chain of a specified number of carbon atoms of either a straight or branched configuration and having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, which may occur at any point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, vinyl, alkyl, 2-butenyl and the like. Alkenyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • The term “alkynyl” means hydrocarbon chain of a specified number of carbon atoms of either a straight or branched configuration and having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, which may occur at any point along the chain. Example of alkynyl is acetylene. Alkynyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • The term “heteroalkyl” refers to a means hydrocarbon chain of a specified number of carbon atoms wherein at least one carbon is replaced by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N and S.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated carbocycle containing one or more rings of from 3 to 12 carbon atoms, typically 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl includes, but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl, and the like. “Cycloalkyaryl” means that an aryl is fused with a cycloalkyl, and “Cycloalkylaryl-alkyl” means that the cycloalkylaryl is linked to the parent molecule through the alkyl. Cycloalkyl as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • The term “halo” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • The term “haloalkyl” is a C1-C6 alkyl group, which is substituted with one or more halo atoms selected from F, Br, Cl and I. An example of a haloalkyl group is trifluoromethyl (CF3).
  • The term “alkoxy” represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge, such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, and the like. Alkoxy as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • The term “haloalkyloxy” represents a C1-C6 haloalkyl group attached through an oxygen bridge, such as OCF3. The “haloalkyloxy” as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • The term “aryl” includes carbocyclic aromatic ring systems (e.g. phenyl), fused polycyclic aromatic ring systems (e.g. naphthyl and anthracenyl) and aromatic ring systems fused to carbocyclic non-aromatic ring systems (e.g., 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl). “Aryl” as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above.
  • The term “arylalkyl” refers to an aryl alkyl group which is linked to the parent molecule through the alkyl group, which may be further optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above. When arylalkyl is arylC0alkyl, then the aryl group is bonded directly to the parent molecule. Likewise, arylheteroalkyl means an aryl group linked to the parent molecule through the heteroalkyl group.
  • The term “acyl” refers to alkylcarbonyl species.
  • The term “heteroaryl” group, as used herein, is an aromatic ring system having at least one heteroatom such as nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen and includes monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic ring of 5- to 14-carbon atoms containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S. The “heteroaryl” as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above. Examples of heteroaryl are, but are not limited to, furanyl, indolyl, thienyl (also referred to herein as “thiophenyl”) thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazoyl, oxazoyl, pyrazoyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrimidinyl and purinyl, cinnolinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinoline, isoxazolyl, isoquinoline and the like. The term “heteroarylalkyl” means that the heteroaryl group is linked to the parent molecule through the alkyl portion of the heteroarylalkyl.
  • The term “heterocycloalkyl” refers to a non-aromatic ring which contains one or more oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur and includes a monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic non-aromatic ring of 5 to 14 carbon atoms containing one or more heteroatoms selected from O, N or S. The “heterocycloalkyl” as defined above may be optionally substituted with a designated number of substituents as set forth in the embodiment recited above. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, pyrrolidine, and thiomorpholine. As used herein, alkyl groups include straight chained and branched hydrocarbons, which are completely saturated.
  • As used herein, the phrase “selectively modulate” means a compound whose EC50 for the stated PPAR receptor is at least ten fold lower than its EC50 for the other PPAR receptor subtypes.
  • PPARδ has been proposed to associate with and dissociate from selective co-repressors (BCL-6) that control basal and stimulated anti-inflammatory activities (Lee, C-H. et al. Science 302:453-4572003). PPARδ agonists are thought to be useful to attenuate other inflammatory conditions such as inflammation of the joints and connective tissue as occurs in rheumatoid arthritis, related autoimmune diseases, osteroarthritis, as well as myriad other inflammatory diseases, Crohne's disease, and psoriasis.
  • When a compound represented by Structural Formula I has more than one chiral substituent it may exist in diastereoisomeric forms. The diastereoisomeric pairs may be separated by methods known to those skilled in the art, for example chromatography or crystallization and the individual enantiomers within each pair may be separated using methods familiar to the skilled artisan. The present invention includes each diastereoisomer of compounds of Structural Formula I and mixtures thereof.
  • Certain compounds of Structural Formula I may exist in different stable conformational forms which may be separable. Torsional asymmetry due to restricted rotation about an asymmetric single bond, for example because of steric hindrance or ring strain, may permit separation of different conformers. The present invention includes each conformational isomer of compounds of Structural Formula I and mixtures thereof.
  • Certain compounds of Structural Formula I may exist in zwitterionic form and the present invention includes each zwitterionic form of compounds of Structural Formula I and mixtures thereof.
  • “Pharmaceutically-acceptable salt” refers to salts of the compounds of the Structural Formula I which are considered to be acceptable for clinical and/or veterinary use. Typical pharmaceutically-acceptable salts include those salts prepared by reaction of the compounds of the present invention with a mineral or organic acid or an organic or inorganic base. Such salts are known as acid additiona salts and base addition salts, respectively. It will be recognized that the particular counterion forming a part of any salt of this invention is not of a critical nature, so long as the salt as a whole is pharmaceutically-acceptable and as long as the counterion does not contribute undesired qualities to the salt as a whole. These salts may be prepared by methods known to the skilled artisan.
  • The term, “active ingredient” means the compounds generically described by Structural Formula I as well as the sterioisomers, salts, solvates, and hydrates,
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means that the carrier, diluent, excipients and salt are pharmaceutically compatible with the other ingredients of the composition. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are prepared by procedures known in the art using well known and readily available ingredients.
  • “Preventing” refers to reducing the likelihood that the recipient will incur or develop any of the pathological conditions described herein. The term “preventing” is particularly applicable to a patient that is susceptible to the particular patholical condition.
  • “Treating” refers to mediating a disease or condition and preventing, or mitigating, its further progression or ameliorate the symptoms associated with the disease or condition.
  • “Pharmaceutically-effective amount” means that amount of active ingredientit, that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, or mammal. Such an amount can be administered prophylactically to a patient thought to be susceptible to development of a disease or condition. Such amount when administered prophylactically to a patient can also be effective to prevent or lessen the severity of the mediated condition. Such an amount is intended to include an amount which is sufficient to modulate a selected PPAR receptor or to prevent or mediate a disease or condition. Generally, the effective amount of a Compound of Formula I will be between 0.02 through 5000 mg per day. Preferably the effective amount is between 1 through 1,500 mg per day. Preferably the dosage is from 1 through 1,000 mg per day. A most preferable the dose can be from 1 through 100 mg per day.
  • The desired dose may be presented in a single dose or as divisded doses administered at appropriate intervals.
  • A “mammal” is an individual animal that is a member of the taxonomic class Mammalia. The class Mammalia includes humans, monkeys, chimpanzees, gorillas, cattle, swine, horses, sheep, dogs, cats, mice, and rats.
  • Administration to a human is most preferred. The compounds and compositions of the present invention are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of cardiovascular disease, for raising serum HDL cholesterol levels, for lowering serum triglyceride levels and for lower serum LDL cholesterol levels. Elevated triglyceride and LDL levels, and low HDL levels, are risk factors for the development of heart disease, stroke, and circulatory system disorders and diseases.
  • Further, the compound and compositions of the present invention may reduce the incidence of undesired cardiac events in patients. The physician of ordinary skill will know how to identify-humans who will benefit from administration of the compounds and compositions of the present invention.
  • The compounds and compositions of the present invention are also useful for treating and/or preventing obesity.
  • Further, these compounds and compositions are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM) with reduced or no body weight gains by the patients. Furthermore, the compounds and compositions of the present invention are useful to treat or prevent acute or transient disorders in insulin sensitivity, such as sometimes occur following surgery, trauma, myocardial infarction, and the like. The physician of ordinary skill will know how to identify humans who will benefit from administration of the compounds and compositions of the present invention.
  • The present invention further provides a method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of hyperglycemia in a human or non-human mammal which comprises administering an effective amount of active ingredient, as defined herein, to a hyperglycemic human or non-human mammal in need thereof.
  • The invention also relates to the use of a compound of Formula I as described above, for the manufacture of a medicament for treating a PPAR receptor mediated condition.
  • A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Structural Formula I can be used for the preparation of a medicament useful for treating Metabolic Disorder, diabetes, treating obesity, lowering tryglyceride levels, lowering serum LDL levels, raising the plasma level of high density lipoprotein, and for treating, preventing or reducing the risk of developing atherosclerosis, and for preventing or reducing the risk of having a first or subsequent atherosclerotic disease event in mammals, particularly in humans. In general, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention typically reduces serum triglyceride levels of a patient by about 20% or more, and increases serum HDL levels in a patient. Preferably, HDL levels will be increased by about 30% or more. In adition, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound, used to prevent or treat NIDDM, typically reduces serum glucose levels, or more specifically HbAlc, of a patient by about 0.7% or more.
  • When used herein Metabolic Syndrome includes pre-diabetic insulin resistance syndrome and the resulting complications thereof, insulin resistance, non-insulin dependent diabetes, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia obesity, coagulopathy, hypertension and other complications associated with diabetes. The methods and treatments mentioned herein include the above and encompass the treatment and/or prophylaxis of any one of or any combination of the following: pre-diabetic insulin resistance syndrome, the resulting complications thereof, insulin resistance, Type II or non-insulin dependent diabetes, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia, obesity and the complications associated with diabetes including cardiovascular disease, especially atherosclerosis. In addition, the methods and treatments mentioned herein include the above and encompass the treatment and/or prophylaxis of any one of or any combination of the following inflammatory and autoimmune diseases: adult respritory distress syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, demyelinating disease, Chrohne's disease, asthma, systemic lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, and bursitis.
  • The compositions are formulated and administered in the same general manner as detailed herein. The compounds of the instant invention may be used effectively alone or in combination with one or more additional active agents depending on the desired target therapy. Combination therapy includes administration of a single pharmaceutical dosage composition which contains a compound of Structural Formula I, a stereoisomer, salt, solvate and/or hydrate thereof (“Active Igredient”) and one or more additional active agents, as well as administration of a compound of Active Ingredient and each active agent in its own separate pharmaceutical dosage formulation. For example, an Active Ingredient and an insulin secretogogue such as biguanides, thiazolidinediones, sulfonylureas, insulin, or α-glucosidose inhibitors can be administered to the patient together in a single oral dosage composition such as a tablet or capsule, or each agent administered in separate oral dosage formulations. Where separate dosage formulations are used, an Active Ingredient and one or more additional active agents can be administered at essentially the same time, i.e., concurrently, or at separately staggered times, i.e., sequentially; combination therapy is understood to include all these regimens.
  • An example of combination treatment or prevention of atherosclerosis may be wherein an Active Ingredient is administered in combination with one or more of the following active agents: antihyperlipidemic agents; plasma HDL-raising agents; antihypercholesterolemic agents, fibrates, vitamins, aspirin, and the like. As noted above, the Active Ingredient can be administered in combination with more than one additional active agent.
  • Another example of combination therapy can be seen in treating diabetes and related disorders wherein the Active Ingredient can be effectively used in combination with, for example, sulfonylureas, biguanides, thiazolidinediones, α-glucosidase inhibitors, other insulin secretogogues, insulin as well as the active agents discussed above for treating atherosclerosis.
  • The Active Ingredients of the present invention, have valuable pharmacological properties and can be used in pharmaceutical compositions containing a therapeutically effective amount of Active Ingredient of the present invention, in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Excipients are inert substances such as, without limitation carriers, diluents, fillers, flavoring agents, sweeteners, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, wetting agents, binders, disintegrating agents, encapsulating material and other-conventional adjuvants. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Pharmaceutical compositions typically contain from about 1 to about 99 weight percent of the Active Ingredient of the present invention.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical formulation is in unit dosage form. A “unit dosage form” is a physically discrete unit containing a unit dose, suitable for administration in human subjects or other mammals. For example, a unit dosage form can be a capsule or tablet, or a number of capsules or tablets. A “unit dose” is a predetermined quantity of the Active Ingredient of the present invention, calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients. The quantity of active ingredient in a unit dose may be varied or adjusted from about 0.1 to about 1500 milligrams or more according to the particular treatment involved. It may be preferred that the unit dosage is from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg.
  • The dosage regimen utilizing the compounds of the present invention is selected by one of ordinary skill in the medical or veterinary arts, in view of a variety of factors, including, without limitation, the species, age, weight, sex, and medical condition of the recipient, the severity of the condition to be treated, the route of administration, the level of metabolic and excretory function of the recipient, the dosage form employed, the particular compound and salt thereof employed, and the like.
  • Advantageously, compositions containing the compound of Structural Formula I or the salts thereof may be provided in dosage unit form, preferably each dosage unit containing from about 1 to about 500 mg be administered although it will, of course, readily be understood that the amount of the compound or compounds of Structural Formula I actually to be administered will be determined by a physician, in the light of all the relevant circumstances.
  • Preferably, the compounds of the present invention are administered in a single daily dose, or the total daily dose may be administered in divided doses, two, three, or more times per day. Where delivery is via transdermal forms, of course, administration is continuous.
  • Suitable routes of administration of pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include, for example, oral, eyedrop, rectal, transmucosal, topical, or intestinal administration; parenteral delivery (bolus or infusion), including intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, or intraocular injections. The compounds of the invention can also be administered in a targeted drug delivery system, such as, for example, in a liposome coated with endothelial cell-specific antibody.
  • Solid form formulations include powders, tablets and capsules.
  • Sterile liquid formulations include suspensions, emulsions, syrups, and elixirs.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be manufactured in a manner that is itself known, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilizing processes.
  • The following pharmaceutical formulations 1 and 2 are illustrative only and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention in any way.
    • Formulation 1
  • Hard gelatin capsules are prepared using the following ingredients:
    Quantity
    (mg/capsule)
    Active Ingredient 250
    Starch, dried 200
    Magnesium stearate 10
    Total 460 mg
    • Formulation 2
  • A tablet is prepared using the ingredients below:
    Quantity
    (mg/tablet)
    Active Ingredient 250
    Cellulose, microcrystalline 400
    Silicon dioxide, fumed 10
    Stearic acid 5
    Total 665 mg
  • The components are blended and compressed to form tablets each weighing 665 mg .
  • In yet another embodiment of the compounds of the present invention, the compound is radiolabelled, such as with carbon-14, or tritiated. Said radiolabelled or tritiated compounds are useful as reference standards for in vitro assays to identify new selective PPAR receptor agonists.
  • The compounds of the present invention can be useful for modulating insulin secretion and as research tools. Certain compounds and conditions within-the scope of this invention are preferred. The following conditions, invention embodiments, and compound characteristics listed in tabular form may be independently combined to produce a variety of preferred compounds and process conditions. The following list of embodiments of this invention is not intended to limit the scope of this invention in any way.
  • Some prefered characteristics of compounds of formula I are:
      • (a) R3 is methyl;
      • (b) R4 is hydrogen;
      • (c) R3 and R4 are each hydrogen;
      • (d) R3 and R4 are each methyl;
      • (e) A is carboxyl;
      • (f) X is —O—;
      • (g) X is —S—;
      • (h) U is CH;
      • (i) U is CH2CH;
      • (j) R9 is methyl;
      • (k) R9 is hydrogen;
      • (l) R9 is C1-C3 alkyl;
      • (m) R8 is methyl;
      • (n) R8 and R9 are each hydrogen;
      • (o) R10 is CF3;
      • (p) R10 is haloalkyl;
      • (q) R10 is haloalkyloxy;
      • (r) R11 is hydrogen
      • (s) R10 and R11 are each hydrogen;
      • (t) R11 is haloalkyl;
      • (u) Z3 is N;
      • (v) Z2 and Z3 are each N;
      • (w) Z1 and Z3 are each N;
      • (x) Z3 is O;
      • (y) R1 is optionally substituted C2-C3 arylalkyl;
      • (z) R1 is substituted C2 arylalkyl;
      • (aa) R2 is bonded to Z3;
      • (bb) Z1 is N;
      • (cc) Z3 is O;
      • (dd) Z1, Z2, and Z3 are each N;
      • (ee) Z1 and Z3 are each N and Z2 is C;
      • (ff) R2 is bonded to Z2;
      • (gg) Z1 is O, Z2 is N and Z3 is C;
      • (hh) R2 is bonded to Z3;
      • (ii) Z1 and Z3 are each N;
      • (jj) — in the five membered ring each form a double bond at the designated position in Formula I;
      • (kk) R1 is C1-C4 alkyl;
      • (ll) R32 is hydrogen;
      • (mm) R2 is a bond;
      • (nn) R2 is C1-C2 alkyl;
      • (oo) Y is O;
      • (pp) Y is S;
      • (qq) Y is C;
      • (rr) Y is C, NH, or a bond;
      • (ss) E is C(R3)(R4)A;
      • (tt) R3 is hydrogen;
      • (uu) R3 is C1-C2 alkyl;
      • (vv) R4 is C1-C2 alkyl;
      • (ww) R3 and R4 are each hydrogen;
      • (xx) R3 and R4 are each methyl;
      • (yy) A is COOH;
      • (zz) Aliphatic linker is saturated;
      • (aaa) Aliphatic linker is substituted with C1-C3 alkyl;
      • (bbb) Aliphatic linker is substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R30;
      • (ccc) Aliphatic linker is substituted with from one to two substituents each independently selected from R30;
      • (ddd) Aliphatic linker is C1-C3 alkyl;
      • (eee) Aliphatic linker is C1-C2 alkyl;
      • (fff) Aliphatic linker is C1-C3 alkyl and one carbon is replaced with an —O—;
      • (ggg) A compound of Formula II:
        Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00005
      • (hhh) A compound of Formula III:
        Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00006
      • (iii) A compound of Formula IV:
        Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00007
      • (jjj) Aryl is a phenyl group;
      • (kkk) Aryl is a naphthyl group;
      • (lll) A compound of Formula I that is:
        Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00008
      • (mmm) A compound of Formula I that is
        Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00009
      • (nnn) A compound of Formula I that selectively modulates a delta receptor;
      • (ooo) An Active Ingredient, as described herein, that is a PPAR coagaonist that modulates a gamma receptor and a delta receptor;
      • (ppp) An Active Ingredient, as described herein, for use in the treatment of cardiovascular disease;
      • (qqq) An Active Ingredient, as described herein, for use in the treatment of Metabolic Disorder;
      • (rrr) An Active Ingredient for use in the control of obesity;
      • (sss) An Active Ingredient for use in treating diabetes;
      • (ttt) An Active Ingredient that is a PPAR receptor agonist;
      • (uuu) A compound of Formula I selected from the group consisting of
    • {2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • 3-{2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid;
    • (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;
    • {3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-acetic acid;
    • (3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;
    • 2-(3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid;
    • (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (R)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (R)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (R)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • {4-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • {4-[1-(3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • (4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
    • 3-(4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
    • {4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • {4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • 3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
    • {3-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid;
    • 3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
    • (S)-3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-propionic acid;
    • {3-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid;
    • 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
    • 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-propionic acid;
    • {2-Methyl-4-[2-(5-methyl-3-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • [2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid;
    • [2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid;
    • 3-[2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid;
    • {2-Methyl-4-[1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • {2-Methyl-4-[5-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • {4-[1-(3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-5-phenyl-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-ylmethanesulfonyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • 3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid;
    • 3-{2-Methyl-4-[4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid;
    • {4-[5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • {4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
    • {4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid; and
    • 3-{4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
      • (iii) A compound of Formula I selected from the group consisting of (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid, (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid, (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid, and (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid; and
      • (jjj) A compound of Formula I that is (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
    Synthesis
  • Compounds of the present invention have been formed as specifically described in the examples. Further, many compounds are prepared as more generally using a) alkylation of phenol/thiophenol with a halide, b) a Mitsunobu protocol (O. Mitsunobu, 1981 Synthesis, p1); c) and other methods known to the skilled artisan. Alternative synthesis methods may also be effective and known to the skilled artisan.
  • For example, an intermediate like A is alkylated with an alkylating agent B in the presence of a base (e.g. K2CO3, Cs2CO3 etc.). Hydrolysis in the presence of aqueous NaOH or LiOH gave the acid product.
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00010
  • Alternatively, an intermediate like A is coupled with an alcohol C under Mitsunobu reaction condition (DEAD/PPh3, ADDP/Pbu3 etc.). Hydrolysis in the presence of aqueous NaOH or LiOH gave the acid product:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00011
  • Thioether analogs could also be prepared by a ZnI2 mediated thioether formation reaction as shown below:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00012
  • Intermediates B, C and D can be made in one of the following methods. Coupling reaction between pyrazole and aryl boronic acid or Aryl halide in the presence of copper gave the 1-arylpyrazole:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00013
  • Formylation under Vilsmeier-Haack reaction condition of the 3-arylpyrazole gave the 3-formyl pyrazole, sodium borohydride reduction afforded the primary alcohol. The secondary alcohol intermediates can be obtained by alkylation with a Grignard reagent.
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00014
  • Alternatively, the pyrazole intermediates can be made by the following method starting from β-ketoesters:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00015
  • A Wittig reaction is used to extend chain at 4-position as shown in scheme 4:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00016
  • Imidazole intermediate can be made according to scheme 5:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00017
  • Isoxazole intermediate is obtained by the following cycloaddition reaction:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00018
  • Triazole intermediate can be made by the following method:
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00019
    • EXEMPLIFICATION
  • The Examples provided herein are illustrative of the invention claimed herein and are not intended to limit the scope of the claimed invention in any way.
  • Instrumental Analysis
  • Infrared spectra are recorded on a Perkin Elmer 781 spectrometer. 1H NMR spectra are recorded on a Varian 400 MHz spectrometer at ambient temperature. Data are reported as follows: chemical shift in ppm from internal standard tetramethylsilane on the δ scale, multiplicity (b=broad, s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet, qn=quintet and m=multiplet), integration, coupling constant (Hz) and assignment. 13C NMR are recorded on a Varian 400 MHz spectrometer at ambient temperature. Chemical shifts are reported in ppm from tetramethylsilane on the δ scale, with the solvent resonance employed as the internal standard (CDCl3 at 77.0 ppm and DMSO-d6 at 39.5 ppm). Combustion analyses are performed by Eli Lilly & Company Microanalytical Laboratory. High resolution mass spectra are obtained on VG ZAB 3F or VG 70 SE spectrometers. Analytical thin layer chromatography is performed on EM Reagent 0.25 mm silica gel 60-F plates. Visualization is accomplished with UV light.
  • Preparation 1
    • 2-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00020
    Step A
    • 2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-formylphenoxy)-2-methyl propionic acid ethyl ester
  • 5-Benzyloxy-2-hydroxy-benzaldehyde (Kappe, T.; Witoszynskyj, T. Arch. Pharm., 1975, 308 (5), 339-346) (2.28 g, 10.0 mmol), ethyl bromoisobutyrate (2.2 mL, 15 mmol), and cesium carbonate (3.26 g, 10.0 mmol) in dry DMF (25 mL) are heated at 80° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture is cooled and partitioned between water (30 mL) and ether (75 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine (15 mL). The aqueous layers are back-extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), and the organic layer is washed with brine (20 mL). The combined organic layers are dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to a brown oil. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography using hexanes:ethyl acetate (2.5:1) to give a pale yellow solid (3.04 g, 89%): mp 65° C.; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.24 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 1.62 (s, 6H), 4.23 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 6.81 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.10 (dd, 1H, J=4.6, 9.0 Hz), 7.30-7.43 (m, 6H); MS (ES) m/e 343.1 [M+1].
  • Step B
    • 2-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester
  • 2-(4-Benzyloxy-2-formyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (9.00 g, 26.3 mmol) in ethanol (250 mL) is treated with 5% Pd/C (1.25 g) and hydrogen (60 psi, rt, overnight). Additional 5% Pd/C (1.25 g) is added, and the reaction is continued for 6 h at 40° C. The mixture is filtered and concentrated to a tan oil (6.25 g). This oil contained 9 mol % of 2-(4-Hydroxy-2-hydroxymethyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.26 (t, 3H, J=7.3 Hz), 1.51 (s, 6H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 4.24 (q, 2H, J=7.3 Hz), 5.68 (brs, 1H), 6.47 (dd, 1H, J=3.4, 8.8 Hz) , 6.59 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 6.60 (brs, 1H).
  • The following compound is prepared in a similar manner:
  • Preparation 2
    • 2-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00021
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.28 (t, 3H, J=7.1 Hz), 2.24 (s, 3H), 4.25 (q, 2H, J=7.1 Hz), 4.55 (s, 2H), 6.56 (dd, 1H, J=2.7, 8.5 Hz), 6.61 (d, 1H, J=8.3 Hz), 6.65 (d, 2H, J=2.9 Hz).
  • Preparation 3
    • (4-Hydroxy-2-propyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00022
    Step A
    • 4-Benzyloxy-2-propylphenol
  • 2-Allyl-4-benzyloxyphenol (WO 9728137 A1 19970807, Adams, A. D. et al.) (5.00 g, 20.8 mmol) in ethyl acetate (40 mL) is treated with 5% Pd/C (0.25 g) and hydrogen (1 atm) at ambient temperature for 18 h. The mixture is filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified on a Biotage medium pressure chromatography system using a 40 L normal phase cartridge and eluted with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give a tan solid (2.8 g, 56%). Rf=0.33 (25% EtOAc/Hexanes) ; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.44-7.31 (m, 5H) 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 2H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 2.55 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.64 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 0.97 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).
  • Step B
    • (4-Benzyloxy-2-propylphenoxy)acetic acid ethyl ester
  • A solution of 4-benzyloxy-2-propylphenol (0.50 g, 1.94 mmol) in dry DMF (7 mL) is cooled in an ice bath and treated with NaH (0.15 g, 3.8 mmol, 60% oil dispersion). The ice bath is removed, ethyl bromoacetate (0.43 mL, 3.9 mmol) is added, and the mixture is placed in an oil bath (T=85° C.). After 18 h, the reaction mixture is cooled and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2×), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated. The crude product is purified by radial chromatography using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give a tan solid (0.62 g; 97%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.44-7.31 (m, 5H), 6.82 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J=8.8, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.25 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.64 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS (FIA) m/e 329 (M+1).
  • Step C
    • (4-Hydroxy-2-propylphenoxy)acetic acid ethyl ester
  • A solution of (4-benzyloxy-2-propylphenoxy)acetic acid ethyl ester (0.60 g, 1.83 mmol) in THF (15 mL) is treated with 5% Pd/C (75 mg) and hydrogen (60 psi) at ambient temperature for 24 h. The mixture is filtered and concentrated. The crude product is purified by radial chromatography using 15% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give a tan solid (0.25 g, 57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.66 (d, J=2.9 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (dd, J=8.8, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (s, 1H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 4.25 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.63 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H); MS (FIA) m/e 239 (M+1).
  • Preparation 4
    • (3-Bromo-4-hydroxy-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00023
  • To a solution of (4-hydroxy-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (0.59 g, 3 mmol) in acetic acid (1.5 mL) is added bromine (0.48 g, 9 mmol) in acetic acid (0.5 mL) at room temperature. After 5 min, solvent is evaporated and purified by column chromatography on silica gel giving the title compound (0.6 g).
  • Preparation 5
    • (4-Mercapto-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00024
    Step A
    • (4-Chlorosulfonyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Phenoxy-acetic acid ethyl ester (9.1 mL) is added to chlorosulfonic acid (15 mL) at 0° C. dropwise. The reaction is stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, it is allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 hrs, the reaction mixture is poured into ice, solid product is collected by filtration and dried under vacuum.
  • Step B
    • (4-Mercapto-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • To a mixture of (4-chlorosulfonyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (0.98 g, 3.5 mmol) and tin powder (2.1 g) in ethanol (4.4 mL) is added HCl in dioxane (1.0 M, 4.4 mL) under nitrogen. The mixture is heated to reflux for 2 hrs, it is poured into ice and methylene chloride and filtered. The layers are separated and extracted with methylene chloride, dried and concentrated. The crude product is used for next step without purification.
  • The following compounds are made in a similar manner:
  • Preparation 6
    • (4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00025
  • This compound can also be made by the following procedure: To a stirred suspension of Zn powder (10 μm, 78.16 g, 1.2 mol) and dichlorodimethyl silane (154.30 g, 145.02 mL, 1.2 mol) in 500 mL of dichloroethane is added a solution of (4-chlorosulfonyl-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (100 g, 0.34 mol) and 1,3-dimethylimidazolidin-2-one (116.98 g, 112.05 mL, 1.02 mol) in 1 L of DCE. Addition is at a rate so as to maintain the internal temperature at ˜52° C., cooling with chilled water as necessary. After addition is complete, the mixture is heated at 75° C. for 1 hour. It is then cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated iv. Add MTBE, washed twice with saturated LiCl solution concentrate iv again. Take up the residue in CH3CN, wash with hexane (4×) and concentrate iv to yield a biphasic mixture. Let stand in a separatory funnel and separate layers, keeping the bottom layer for product. Filtration through a plug of silica gel (1 Kg, 25% EtOAc/hexane) and subsequent concentration yields 61 g (79%) of a clear, colorless oil.
  • NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 5.03 (s, 1H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.15 (q, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 1.2 (t, 3H).
  • Preparation 7
    • (4-Mercapto-2-propyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00026
    Preparation 8
    • 3-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00027
    Step A
    • 4-Bromo-3-methyl-phenyl benzyl ester
  • To a solution of 4-Bromo-3-methyl-phenol (20.6 g, 0.0.11 mol) in DMF (100 mL) is added Cs2CO3 (54 g, 0.165 mol), followed by benzyl bromide (14.4 mL). After stirred at 60° C. for 40 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered through celite. The filtrate is washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentration yields the title product (27 g).
  • Step B
    • 3-(4-Benzyloxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • To a solution of 4-bromo-3-methyl-phenyl benzyl ester (7.6 g, 27.4 mmol) in propronitrile (200 mL) is added methyl acrylate (10 mL) and diisopropylethyl amine (9.75 mL), the solution is degassed and filled with nitrogen for three times. To this mixture are added tri-o-tolyl-phosphane (3.36 g) and palladium acetate (1.25 g) under nitrogen, then heated at 110° C. overnight, cooled to room temperature, filtered through celite. The solvent is evaporated, the residue is taken into ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and column chromatography on silica gel eluted with hexanes and ethyl acetate yields the title compound (6.33 g).
  • Step C
    • 3-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of 3-(4-Benzyloxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (13.7 g, 48.5 mmol) and Pd/C (5%, 13.7 g) in MeOH (423 mL) is stirred under 60 psi of hydrogen for 24 hrs. Catalyst is filtered off, filtrate is concentrated giving the title compound (8.8 g, 93.5%).
  • Preparation 9
    • 3-(4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00028
    Step A
    • 3-(4-Dimethylthiocarbamoyloxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • 3-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (5.0 g, 25.75 mmol) is dissolved into dry dioxane (100 mL) and combined with 4-dimethylamino pyridine (0.500 g, 2.6 mmol), triethylamine (7.0 mL, 51.5 mmol), and dimethylaminothiocarbomoyl chloride (4.5 g, 32.17 mmol). The reaction is heated to reflux under nitrogen. The reaction is monitored by TLC until all of the phenol is consumed, 20 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction is diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL). Water (75 mL) is added and the two layers are separated. The organic layer is washed with brine (75 mL) then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent is removed and the residue is dried under vacuum.
  • Step B
    • 3-(4-Dimethylcarbamoylsulfanyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • 3-(4-Dimethylthiocarbamoyloxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester, taken crude from the previous step, is diluted with 75 mL of tetradecane and heated to reflux under nitrogen. The reaction is monitored by TLC until all the conversion is complete, 20h. The reaction is allowed to cool to room temperature, then the tetradecane is decanted away from the resulting oil. The residue is-rinsed several times with hexanes. This oil is then purified using flash column chromatography, yielding 5.01 g, or 69% (2 steps) of the product.
  • Step C
    • 3-(4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • 3-(4-Dimethylcarbamoylsulfanyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (5.01 g, 17.8 mmol)-is diluted with methanol (30 mL) and to this is added sodium methoxide (1.7 mL of 4M in methanol, 7.23 mmol). The reaction is heated to reflux under nitrogen and monitored by TLC. After complete conversion, 20 h., the reaction is allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction is neutralized with 1N HCl (7.23 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). The two phases are separated and the organic layer is washed with water (75 mL), then brine (75 mL). The organic layer is then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, then concentrated to yield 4.43 g crude product that is used without further purification.
  • Preparation 10
    • 4-(2-Methoxycarbonyl-ethyl)-3-methyl-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00029
    Step A
    • 4-Bromo-3-methyl-benzoic acid benzyl ester
  • To a solution of 4-Bromo-3-methyl-benzoic acid benzyl (25.3 g, 0.118 mol) in DMF (200 mL) is added Cs2CO3 (76.6 g, 0.235 mol), followed by benzyl bromide (15.4 mL). After stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered through celite. The filtrate is washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, concentration yields the title product.
  • Step B
    • 4-(2-Methoxycarbonyl-vinyl)-3-methyl-benzoic acid benzyl ester
  • To a solution of 4-bromo-3-methyl-benzoic acid benzyl ester (36 g, 118 mmol) in propronitrile (1000 mL) is added methyl acrylate (43.3 mL) and diisopropylethyl amine (42 mL), the solution is degassed and filled with nitrogen for three times. To this mixture are added tri-o-tolyl-phosphane (14.5 g) and palladium acetate (5.34 g) under nitrogen, then heated at 110° C. overnight, cooled to room temperature, filtered through celite. The solvent is evaporated, the residue is taken into ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and column chromatography on silica gel-eluted with hexanes and ethyl acetate yields the title compound (31 g, 84.7%).
  • Step C
    • 4-(2-Methoxycarbonyl-ethyl)-3-methyl-benzoic acid
  • A mixture of 4-(2-methoxycarbonyl-vinyl)-3-methyl-benzoic acid benzyl ester (11.6 g, 37.4 mmol) and Pd/C (5%, 1.5 g) in THF (300 mL) and methanol (100 mL) is stirred under 60 psi of hydrogen overnight. Catalyst is filtered off, filtrate is concentrated giving the title compound (8.3 g, 100%).
  • Preparation 11
    • (4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00030
    Step A
  • 4-Methoxy-2-methylbenzoic acid (2.5 g, 15.04 mmol) is stirred in thionyl chloride (50 mL) at reflux 2 hr. The mixture is concentrated and diluted with toluene (10 mL) and concentrated. The resulting solid is dried under vacuum 18 hr. The resulting acid chloride is stirred in 20 mL ether at 0 deg C. A solution of diazomethane (39.6 mmol) in ether (150 mL) is added to the acid chloride solution and stirred 18 hr. The resulting diazoketone solution is concentrated. The residue is stirred in methanol (100 mL) and a solution of silver benzoate in triethylamine (1.0 g in 10 mL) is added and the reaction is heated to 60 deg C. and stirred 1 hr. The mixture is concentrated, diluted with 1.0 N aqueous hydrochloric acid (20 mL), extracted to three portions of ethyl acetate (50 mL each). The extracts are combined, washed with aqueous saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate, water, and brine (50 mL each), dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with 9:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to afford 1.5 g (51%) of the homologated ester as a white solid.
  • Step B
  • (4-Methoxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (1.5 g, 7.72 mmol) is stirred in dichloromethane (50 mL) at 0 deg. C. Aluminum chloride (4.13 g, 31 mmol) is added followed by ethane thiol (2.9 mL, 38.6 mmol) . The resulting mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Water (50 mL) is added and the product is extracted into ethyl acetate (3×50 ml), the extracts are combined, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford the title compound as a colorless oil, 1.4 g, 100%. MS M++1 181. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Preparation 12
    • (3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00031
    Step A
    • (3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • (3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-acetic acid (5.0 g, 32.86 mmol) is stirred in methanol (100 mL) and concentrated (98%) sulfuric acid (3.0 mL,) is added. The mixture is heated to reflux 18 hr. The reaction is cooled and concentrated. The residue is diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield the title compound as an orange oil, 5.46 g, 100%. MS M++1 167. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • The following compounds are made in a similar manner:
    • Preparation 13 (3-Hydroxy-4-methoxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00032
  • An orange oil. MS M++1 197. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Preparation 14
    • 3-(3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00033
    Step A
    • 3-(3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • An orange oil. MS M++1 181. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Preparation 15
    • (3-Mercapto-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00034
    Step A
    • (3-Dimethylthiocarbamoyloxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of (3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (5.5 g, 33.1 mmol) , N,N-dimethyl thiocarbamoyl chloride (5.11 g, 41.38 mmol), triethylamine (9.2 mL, 66.2 mmol), N,N-dimethylamino pyridine (0.4 g, 3.31 mmol) and dioxane (50 mL) is stirred at reflux 18 hr. The mixture is concentrated, partioned between 1M aqueous hydrochloric acid (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (3×75 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, and purified via silica chromatography eluting the product with dichloromethane to afford the title compound as a brown oil, 6.8 g, 81%. MS M++1 254. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Step B
    • (3-Dimethylcarbamoylsulfanyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • (3-Dimethylthiocarbamoyloxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (6.8 g, 26.84 mmol) is stirred in tetradecane (30 mL) at 255 deg C. for 8 hr. The mixture is cooled, the residue is purified by silica chromatography eluting the product with hexanes to 1:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to afford the title compound as an orange oil, 4.9 g, 58%. MS M++1 254. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Step C
    • (3-Mercapto-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of (3-dimethylcarbamoylsulfanyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (2.0 g, 7.9 mmol), potassium hydroxide (1.4 g, 24 mmol) methanol (50 mL), and water (5 mL) is stirred at reflux 3 hr. The mixture is concentrated, and product partitioned between 1M aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (3×75 mL). The combined extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue is taken up in methanol (50 mL), 2 mL concentrated sulfuric acid is added, and the mixture refluxed 3 hr. The mixture is concentrated, and the residue purified by silica chromatography eluting with 7:3 hexanes:ethyl acetate to afford the title compound as a pale yellow oil, 1.0 g, 69%. MS M++1 183. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Preparation 16
    • 3-(4-Iodomethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00035
    Step A
    • 3-(4-Hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of methyl-4-bromo-3-methylbenzoate (5.7 g, 24.88 mmol), lithium aluminum hydride (29 mL, 29 mmol, 1 M solution in tetrahydrofuran) and tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) is stirred in ice/water for 1 hr. The reaction is quenched with aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL, 1 M). The product is extracted into ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The combined extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The crude product is taken up in propionitrile (100 mL). Methylacrylate (10 mL, 121.5 mmol), palladium acetate (1.12 g, 5 mmol), tri-o-tolylphosphine (3.0 g, 10 mmol), and N,N-diisopropyl ethylamine (8.7 mL, 50 mmol) are sequentially added and the resulting reaction mixture is heated to 110 deg C. 3 hr. The mixture is concentrated, and the residue diluted with aqueous hydrochloric acid (100 mL, 1M). The product is extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL). The combined extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, and purified via silica chromatography eluting with 7:3 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 1:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to afford the pure product as a yellow oil, 4.7 g, 91%. MS M++1 207. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Step B
    • 3-(4-Hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of 3-(4-Hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl ester (4.7 g, 22.8 mmol), Raney nickel (0.668 g) and tetrahydrofuran (618 mL) is shaken under 60 psig. Hydrogen 24 hr. The catalyst is filtered off, and the mixture is concentrated to afford the product as a pale yellow oil, 4.3 g, 91%. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Step C
    • 3-(4-Iodomethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of 3-(4-Hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (0.62 g, 2.98 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (0.86 g, 3.27 mmol) and dichloromethane (10 mL) is stirred at room temperature. A solution of iodine (0.83 g, 3.27 mmol) in benzene (5 mL) is added and the black mixture is stirred at room temperature 2 hr. The brown mixture is diluted with 10% aqueous sodium hydrogen sulfite (5 mL) and the resulting clear mixture is washed with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The residue is purified via silica chromatography eluting with 9:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to afford the title compound as a crystalline ivory solid, 0.68 g, 72%. MS M++1 319. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Preparation 17
    • (4-Bromo-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00036
    Step A
    • (4-Bromo-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of 4-bromo-2-methylphenol (1.0 g, 5.35 mmol), sodium hydride (0.26 g, 6.42 mmol, 60% mineral oil), N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), and methyl-2-bromoacetate (0.56 mL, 5.88 mmol) is stirred at room temperature 18 hr. The mixture is diluted with water (50 mL) and the product extracted to ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, concentrated and purified via silica chromatography eluting with 8:2 hexanes:ethyl acetate to afford title compound as a colorless oil, 1.03 g, 74%. MS M+259. The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Preparation 18
    • 3-(4-Amino-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00037
    Step A
    • 3-(2-Methyl-4-nitro-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl ester
  • To a solution of 2-bromo-5-nitrotoluene (3.11 g, 14.39 mmol) in propionitrile (105 mL) is added DIPEA (5.1 mL, 29.28 mmol). The mixture is degassed three times. Methyl acrylate (5.2 mL, 57.74 mmol) is added and the mixture is degassed. Tri-o-tolylphosphine (1.77 g, 5.82 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (0.64 g, 2.85 mmol) are added and the mixture is degassed a final two times followed by heating at 110° C. for 4 h. Upon cooling, the mixture is passed through Celite and the filtrate is concentrated. The residue is partitioned between Et2O and 1N HCl. The organics are washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, and dried, with Na2SO4. The crude material is purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (2.90 g, 91%).
  • Step B
    • 3-(4-Amino-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of 3-(2-Methyl-4-nitro-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl ester (1.47 g, 6.64 mmol) and 5% Pd/C (0.29 g) in MeOH (100 mL) is exposed to a hydrogen atmosphere (60 psi) for 12 h. The mixture is filtered through Celite and purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (0.99 g, 77%).
  • Preparation 19
    • 3-(2-Methyl-4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester TFA salt
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00038
    Step A
    • 3-(4-Formyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of 3-(4-Hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (0.49 g, 2.35 mmol) and MnO, (0.80 g, 9.20 mmol) in chloroform (5 mL) is stirred at RT for 4 days. The mixture is filtered through Celite; the Celite is washed with copious amounts of EtOAc. The filtrate is concentrated and purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (0.29 g, 60%).
  • Step B
    • 3-(2-Methyl-4-methylaminomethyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester trifluoroacetic acid
  • To a mixture of 3-(4-Formyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (0.27 gi 1.31 mmol) and methylamine (2M in THF, 0.60 mL, 1.20 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (10 mL) is added 4 Å molecular sieves followed by acetic acid (0.090 mL, 1.57 mmol). The mixture is stirred at RT for 1.5 h. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.39 g, 1.85 mmol) is added, and the mixture is stirred overnight. The reaction is quenched with saturated NaHCO3. The organics are washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, and dried with MgSO4. Upon concentration, the mixture is purified by reverse phase chromatography to yield the title compound (0.12 g, 455%).
  • Preparation 20
    • 3-(4-Aminomethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00039
    Step A
    • 3-(4-Chloromethyl-2-methyl-phenyl) -propionic acid methyl ester
  • To a 0° C. solution of 3-(4-Hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (1.02 g, 4.90 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (15 mL) is added triethylamine (0.75 mL, 5.38 mmol) followed by thionyl chloride (0.40 mL, 5.48 mmol). The mixture is allowed to warm to RT overnight. Water is added, and the mixture is extracted with CH2Cl2. The organics are dried with MgSO4 and concentrated. The crude material is purified by flash chromatography to yield the title compound (1.01 g, 91%).
  • Step B
    • 3-(4-Azidomethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • To a solution of 3-(4-Chloromethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (0.52 g, 2.31 mmol) in DMF (7 mL) is added sodium azide (0.25.g, 3.84 mmol). The mixture is stirred overnight. Water is added, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc. The organics are dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated to yield the title compound (0.49 g, 91%). The material is used without further purification.
  • Step C
    • 3-(4-Aminomethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester
  • A mixture of 3-(4-Azidomethyl-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (0.20 g, 0.86 mmol) and 5% Pd/C (32 mg) in EtOH (50 mL) is exposed to a hydrogen atmosphere (60 psi) at RT overnight. Upon filtering the mixture through Celite, the filtrate is concentrated-to yield the title compound (0.14 g, 78%). The material is used without further purification.
  • Preparation 21
    • (3-Chloro-4-mercapto-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00040
  • This compounds is made from the corresponding phenol analog based on the method outlined in preparation 9.
  • Preparation 22
    • 2-(3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00041
    Step A
    • 2-(3-Methoxy-phenyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00042
  • To a solution of LDA (2M, 16.5 mL) in THF (10 mL) at −70° C. is added a solution of (3-methoxy-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (5.4 g, 30 mmol) in THF (10 mL). After 40 minutes at −70° C., iodomethane (2.5 mL, 40 mmol) is added. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. It is diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer is dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the titled compound as an oil: 5.9 g (quant.)
  • Step B
    • 2-(3-Methoxy-phenyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00043
  • To a solution of LDA (2M, 11.4 mL) in THF (10 mL) at −70° C. is added a solution of 2-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester (4g, 20.6 mmol) in THF (10 mL). After 1 hour at −70° C., iodomethane (1.7 mL, 26.8 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. It is diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1N HCl. The organic is concentrated to give the titled compound as an oil: 4 g (93%).
  • Step C
    • 2-(3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00044
  • To a solution of 2-(3-Methoxy-phenyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester (4 g, 19.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at 0 0C. is added BBr3 (1M in dichloromethane, 50 mL). After 2 hours at ambient temperature, it is quenched with MeOH. Solvent is evaporated and the residue is partitioned between EtOAc and 1N HCl. The organic is concentrated and purified by column chromatography (0 to 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the titled compound as a solid: 2.6 g (70%). ESMS—: 193 (M—1); 1H NMR is consistent with desired product.
  • Preparation 23
    • 4-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00045
    Step A
    • 3-Methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00046
  • Phosphoryl chloride (2.62 g, 17.1 mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of 3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole (2.7 g, 17.1 mmol) in DMF (1.25 g, 17.1 mmol) at 100° C. After heated 3hrs, the reaction mixture is cooled with ice bath and quenched by water. The resulting mixture is basified by 5N NaOH to pH=4, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried, concentrated. Column chromatography on silica gel yields the title compound.
  • Step B
    • (3-Methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-methanol
  • To a solution of 3-Methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (0.9 g, 4.84 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) is added sodium borohydride (0.18 g, 4.84 mmol) at 0˜5° C., warmed to room temperature. After stirred for 2hrs, quenched by water, ethanol is evaporated. The resiude is diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the title compound.
  • Step C
    • 4-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole
  • A solution of (3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-methanol (0.7 g, 3.72 mmol) and triethyl amine (1.04 mL, 7.4 mmol) in methylene chloride (16 mL) is cooled to 0° C., then MeSO2Cl (0.46 mL, 5.95 mmol) is added dropwise. After 4 hrs, the reaction mixture is diluted with methylene chloride and washed with sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the crude title compound, which is used for the next step without further purification.
  • Preparation 24
    • 4-Chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-Pyrazole
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00047
    Step A
    • [3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00048
  • A THF (5 mL) solution of 3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol) is cooled to 0° C. and a 1M LiAlH4 (3.2 mL, 3.2 mmol) is added slowly. The reaction is warmed to room temperature slowly, after stirring at room temperature for 2 h, tlc (15% EtOAc/hexane) showed that all the starting ester had been consumed. The reaction is cooled and carefully quenched with water, 5N NaOH. The light tan solid is filter through celite and dried to give 0.86 g of the title compound.
  • Step B
    • 4-Chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • A solution of [3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol (0.86 g, 3.2 mmol) and triethyl amine 0.9 mL, 6.4 mmol) in methylene chloride (16 mL) is cooled to 0° C., then MeSO2Cl (0.4 mL) is added dropwise. After 2 hrs, TLC indicated that the reaction is not complete, 10 mol % more of triethyl amine and MeSO2Cl are added. After additional 2 hrs, the reaction mixture is diluted with methylene chloride and washed with sodium bicarbonate, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the crude title compound, which is used for the next step without further purification.
  • The following compounds are made in a similar manner:
  • Preparation 25
    • 1-(3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-chloromethyl-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00049
    Preparation 26
    • [3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00050
    Step A
    • 5-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-2,4-dihydro-pyrazol-3-one
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00051
  • To a solution of the trifluoromethoxyphenyl hydrazine HCl salt (10.36 g, 45.3 mmol) and toluene (250.0 ml) at room temperature is added sodium hydroxide (1.04 g). After stirred overnight, the mixture is treated with ethyl acetoacetate (48.09 mL, 0.38 m). Reaction mixture is then stirred at room temperature for 66 hrs, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and column chromatography on silica gel yields the title compound (9.3 g).
  • Step B
    • 5-Chloro-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00052
  • To DMF (5.03 mL) at 10° C. is added POCl3 (6.1 mL) over a period of 30 minutes, to this solid is then added 5-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-2,4-dihydro-pyrazol-3-one (9.3 g, 32.4 mmol), followed by 5.03 mL of DMF. The reaction mixture is slowly heated to 100° C., an additional POCl3 (6.1 mL) is added after 18 hrs. Heating is continued for another 6 hrs before the reaction mixture is very carefully reversed quenched into crushed ice, extracted with CH2Cl2, washed with 2N NaOH and brine, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and column chromatography on silica gel eluted with hexanes/ethyl acetate yields the title compound (9.6 g).
  • Step C
    • 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00053
  • To 5-chloro-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (5.7 g, 17 mmol) dissolved in EtOH (188 mL) is added Et3N (4.8 mL) and Lindlar catalyst (0.476 g). The mixture is then hydrogenated at room temperature (50 psi). After 2.5 hrs, reaction mixture is the filtered through celite, concentrated to a solid. Column chromatography n silica gel eluted with hexanes/ethyl acetate yields the title compound (3.4 g, 66.5% yiel, and [3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol (0.85 g, 16.5% yield).
  • Step D
    • [3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00054
  • To a solution of 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (0.76 g, 2.55 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) is added NaBH4 (0.1 g, 2.64 mmol). After 2 hrs, the reaction is quenched by water, ethanol is evaporated and the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate, dried. Concentration yields the title compound (0.75 g).
  • Preparation 27
    • 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00055
  • To a solution of 3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (3.4 g, 11.4 mmol) tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) is added methyl magnesium bromide (4.6 mL, 13.7 mmol, 3 M in ether) dropwise at 0° C., the resulting mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature 30 min. The reaction mixture is quenched by aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL), extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined extracts are dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. Column chromatography on silica gel eluted with hexanes/ethyl acetate yields the title compound (3.3 g).
  • Preparation 28
    • [5-Chloro-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00056
  • To a solution of 5-chloro-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (1.0 g, 3.0 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) is added NaBH4 (0.113 g, 3 mmol). After 2 hrs, the reaction is quenched by water, ethanol is evaporated and the residue is extracted with ethyl acetate, dried. Concentration yields the title compound (0.95 g).
  • Preparation 29
    • [3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00057
    Step A
  • The intermediate obtained from Step A is obtained from two separate methods.
  • Method 1
    • 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • To a solution of 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboronic acid (5.04 g, 26.5 mmol), 3-methylpyrazole (1.1 ml, 13.2 mmol), and pyridine (2.1 ml, 26.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (160 ml) is added copper (II) acetate (3.61 g, 19.9 mmol) and 4A molecular sieves (10.0 g). The suspension is stirred at ambient temperature in the open air for 48 hours, then filtered through Celite and concentrated in vacuo to a crude solid. Purification by silica flash chromatography (40:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 10:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) yields the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 227
  • Method 2
    • 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • A mixture of 4-iodobenzotrifluoride (246 g, 0.904 mol), 3-methylpyrazole (90 g, 1.09 mol) and potassium carbonate (254 g, 1.83 mol) in 1,4-dioxane (1L) under N2 is treated with cupric iodide (1.75 g, 9.1 mmol) and trans-1,2-cyclohexanediamine (7.5 ml, 62.4 mmol) and heated at 110° C. for 30 hours. The mixture is cooled and diluted with water (1.5 L) and ethyl acetate (1.5 L). The organic layer is washed with water (1 L) and concentrated to an oil. Purification by silica flash chromatography (4:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) yields the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 227
  • Step B
    • 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • This compound can be prepared by the following two different method:
  • Method I
  • To a solution of 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole (1.88 g, 8.31 mmol) in DMF (8.0 ml) heated at 90° C. is carefully added phosphorous oxychloride (1.0 ml, 10.8 mmol) and the resulting mixture heated at 90° C. for 7 hours. Additional phosphorous oxychloride (0.75 ml, 8.0 mmol) is added and the mixture heated for an additional 2 hours. The mixture is cooled at 0° C., then carefully treated with cold water (75 ml). After dilution with diethyl ether (40 ml) to dissolve solids, the mixture is adjusted to pH 3 with 5N NaOH. The aqueous layer is extracted with diethyl ether (2×25 ml), the organic extracts then combined and washed with water, brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to a crude solid. Purification by silica flash chromatography (20:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 5:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) provided the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 255.
  • Method II
  • Step A of method II
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00058
  • To a solution of the Trifluoromethylphenyl Hydrazine (60.4 g, 0.34 moles) and toluene (250.0 mL) at room temperature is added ethylacetoacetate (48.09 mL, 0.38 m). Reaction solution is then stirred overnight at r.t. for 12 hrs (N.B. reaction generally becomes hazy after an hour of stirring). Heated at reflux with continuous azeotropic removal of water and volatile organic solvents for another 12 hrs (note: the volume of toluene removed during azeotrope should be replaced during the course of the reaction). Reaction is monitored by TLC (1:1 EtoAc/Heptane). After the reaction is deemed to be complete, heptane (500.0 mL) is added to the hot solution. An off tan precipitate is observed upon equilibration to ambient temperature. The tan precipitate is filtered and the cake washed with heptane (75.0 mL), dried in an oven at 50° C. overnight (mass=75.39 g; 90% wt. Yield; 1H (CDCl3+DMSOd 6) δ 1.82 (s, 3H), 3.16 (s, 2H), 7.22-7.25 (d, 2H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.57-7.59 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.66-7.68 (d, 1H, J=8.5 Hz).
    Step B of method II
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00059
  • To DMF (44.56 mL, 0.57 m) at 10° C. is added POCl3 (52.68 mL, 0.57 m) over a period of 30 minutes (caution solution solidifies after addition). To this solid is then added the pyrazolone (70.0 g, 0.28 m). Slowly heated mixture until dissolution is observed at 75-80° C. (To aid the dissolution, an extra 40 mL of DMF is added). The dark reaction solution is then heated at 90-100° C. for 18 hrs, after which an additional POCl3 (52.6 mL) is added (reaction is monitored by TLC 1:1 EtoAc/Heptane). Heating is continued for another 6 hrs before the reaction mixture is very carefully reversed quenched into crushed ice over a period of 2 hrs. (Extreme caution: quenching is quite exothermic and should be done very carefully. Possible induction period can be observed during quenching of excess POCl3). A dark brown precipitate is observed after quenching. On equilibration to r.t., the precipitate is extracted with CH2Cl2 (500.0 mL), washed with 2N NaOH (2×500 ml), treated with Darco and anh. MgSO4. Subsequent filtration over hyflo and concentration at reduced pressure on the rotovap afforded a tan precipitate (mass=72.0 g). The purity of the precipitate can be upgraded by dissolving it in a hot EtoAc (200 ml), followed by a quick plug over silica gel. Concentration of the filtrate on the rotovap affords a tan solid (mass=68.4 g; 82% wt. Yield; 1H (CDCl3) δ 2.54 (s, 3H), 7.72-7.81 (m, 4H), 9.99 (s, 1H, CHO).
    Step C of method II
    Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00060
  • To Chloro/formyl starting material (520 mg, 1.8 mm) dissolved in EtOH (20.0 mL) is added Et3N (0.5 mL) and Lindlar catalyst (0.05 g). The mixture is then hydrogenated at r.t (50 psi). After 2.5 hrs, 1H nmr of an aliquot after a brief work up indicated product with no observable starting material. Reaction mixture is the filtered over hyflo, concentrated to a solid. To the solid is added CH2Cl2 (40.0 mL) and 1NHCl (20.0 mL) with stirring. Subsequent separation of lower organic layer, drying and concentrating on the rotovap afforded a tan precipitate (mass=455 mg; 100% wt. yield; 1H (CDCl3) δ 2.57 (s, 3H), 7.71-7.74 (d, 2H, J=8.4 Hz), 7.82-7.85 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 8.43 (s, 1H), 10.00 (s, 1H, CHO).
  • Step C
    • [3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • To a chilled (0° C.) suspension of 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (350 mg, 1.37 mmol) in ethanol (6 ml) is added sodium borohydride (52 mg, 1.37 mmol) portionwise over two minutes. The reaction mixture is removed from the cold bath and stirred for one hour. After quenching with water (25 ml), the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether (3×15 ml). The combined organic extracts are washed with water, brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 257.
  • Preparation 30
    • 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00061
  • To a cooled (0° C.) solution of 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (500 mg, 1.96 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2.5 ml) is added a solution of methyl magnesium bromide (3M in diethyl ether)(0.98 ml, 2.94 mmol) over 4 minutes. The mixture is removed from the cold bath and stirred for two hours, then cooled again to 0° C. and treated with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (30 ml) followed by water (20 ml). After extraction with ethyl acetate (3×20 ml), the combined organic extracts are washed with brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to a crude solid. Purification by silica flash chromatography (20:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 3:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) provided the title compound as a racemic white solid.
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 271.
  • Preparation 31
    • 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00062
  • To a cooled (0° C.) solution of 3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (300 mg, 1.18 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.0 ml) is added a solution of ethyl magnesium bromide (3M in diethyl ether)(0.59 ml, 1.77 mmol) over 2 minutes. The mixture is removed from the cold bath and stirred for 3 hours, then cooled again to 0° C. and treated with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and water. After extraction with ethyl acetate (3×15 ml), the combined organic extracts are washed with brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to a crude solid. Purification by silica flash chromatography (25:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 4:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) provided the title compound as a racemic white solid. MS: m/z (M+1): 285.
  • Preparation 32
    • 2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00063
    Step A
    • 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone
  • To a solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol (2.95 g, 10.9 mmol) in chloroform (80 ml) is added activated manganese (IV) dioxide (9.5 g, 109 mmol), and the resulting suspension heated at reflux for 36 hours. The mixture is cooled and filtered through Celite, washed with chloroform, and the filtrate concentrated to a crude solid. Purification by silica flash chromatography (20:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 2:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) provided the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 269.
  • Step B
    • 4-(2-Methoxy-1-methyl-vinyl)-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • A solution of potassium tert-butoxide (3.74 g, 33.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 ml) is added dropwise over 15 minutes to a cooled (0° C.) suspension of methoxymethyltriphenylphosphonium chloride (11.41 g, 33.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (35 ml) . The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes and then treated dropwise over 5 minutes with a solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone (3.0 g, 11.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml). After addition is complete, the mixture is removed from the cold bath and stirred for 2 hours, then diluted with brine (300 ml) and diethyl ether (150 ml). The organic layer is removed, and the remaining aqueous layer extracted with diethyl ether (2×25 ml). The organic extracts are combined, washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to an oil which is purified by silica flash chromatography (30:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 8:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound as an oil. MS: m/z (M+1) 297.
  • Step C
    • 2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propionaldehyde
  • A cooled (0° C.) solution of 4-(2-Methoxy-1-methyl-vinyl)-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole (2.7 g, 9.11 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 ml) is treated dropwise over 5 minutes with concentrated hydrochloric acid (15 ml) and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours. After dilution with diethyl ether (50 ml), the reaction mixture is adjusted to pH 7 with 1N NaOH. The aqueous layer is extracted with diethyl ether (2×30 ml), the organic extracts then combined and washed with brine and dried (Na2SO4). Concentration provided the title compound as an oil which slowly crystallized and is used without further purification. MS: m/z (M+1) 283.
  • Step D
    • 2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Sodium borohydride (132 mg, 3.5 mol) is added in one portion to a cooled (0° C.) solution of 2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propionaldehyde (2.0 g, 7.08 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml), and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour. After quenching with water (55 ml), the reaction mixture is extracted with diethyl ether (3×25 ml). The combined organic extracts are washed with water, brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to a solid which is purified by silica flash chromatography (20:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 3:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound as a racemic solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 285.
  • Preparation 33
    • 2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-2-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00064
  • To a cooled (0° C.) solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone (1.0 g, 3.72 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) is added methylmagnesium bromide (3M in diethyl ether) (1.9 ml, 5.6 mmol) dropwise over 3 minutes. After stirring at 0° C. for 90 minutes, the mixture is adjusted to pH 6 with 1N HCl, and then diluted with diethyl ether (30 ml) and water (40 ml). The organic layer is removed and the remaining aqueous layer extracted with diethyl ether (2×25 ml). The combined organic extracts are combined and washed with water, brine, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to an oil. Purification by silica chromatography (20:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 4:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) provided the title compound as an oil. MS: m/z (M+1) 285.
  • Preparation 34
    • [3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00065
    Step A
    • 3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • To a solution of 4-(trifluoromethyl)-phenylhydrazine (10 g, 56.77 mmol) in ethanol (150 mL), add 2,4-pentanedione (5.83 mL, 56.77 mmol) and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid. Heat the resulting mixture to reflux for 5 h. Then, allow the reaction mixture to cool to room temperature. Concentrate on rota-vapor. Partition the residue between EtOAc (150 mL) and H2O (100 mL). Wash the organic extract with brine (100 mL), dry over Na2SO4, filter and concentrate to afford title compound as an orange oil (quantitative yield) that is used directly for the next step. MPLC (M++1=241.1).
  • Step B
    • 3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • To a solution of 3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole (10.31 g, 42.92 mmol)) in DMF (42 mL) add POCl3 (5.2 mL, 55.77 mmol). Stir the resulting mixture at 90° C. for 12 h, and then add POCl3 (3.84 mL, 41.2 mmol) and stir again at 90° C. for additional 6 hours. Monitor the starting material consumption by TLC. When reaction is completed, then allow to cool to room temperature. Partition the residue between H2O (100 mL) and Et2O (3×100 mL), and extract again the aqueous layer with CH2Cl2 (3×100 mL). Wash each organic extract separately with brine (2×100 mL), and dry over Na2SO4. Filter the solutions and concentrate together to afford the crude product. Purificate by silica gel column chromatography (0% to 25% EtOAc/hexanes) to obtain (7.04 g, 61%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 10.05 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.61 (s, 3 H), 2.53 (s, 3 H).
  • Step C
    • [3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • 3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (2.0 g, 7.46 mmol) is taken into EtOH (60 mL) at 0° C. (ice bath). Add sodium borohydride (0.141 g, 3.73 mmol), in one portion and let the mixture warm to room temperature while stirring for 12 h. Quench with H2O (80 mL), extract with EtOAc (3×50 mL). Wash the combined organic extracts with brine (3×30 mL), dry over NaSO4, filter and concentrate. Silica gel column chromatography yields the title compound as a white solid (1.97 g, 98%). MPLC (M++1=271.1). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.73 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.57 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.58 (s, 2 H), 2.39 (s, 3 H), 2.36 (s, 3 H).
  • Preparation 35
    • 1-[3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00066
  • Prepare a solution of 3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (7.04 g, 26.26 mmol) in THF (50 mL) and cool it to 0° C. using an ice bath. A solution of methyl magnesium bromide (1.0 M) (40 mL, 39.39 mmol) is added over 5 min. Once the addition is completed, remove the ice bath and stirred for additional 2 hours. Cool again to 0° C. and partition between saturated NH4Cl (80 mL) and EtOAc (150 mL). Wash the organic extract with H2O (2×50 mL), then with brine (3×50 mL), and dry over Na2SO4, filter and concentrate. Purify on silica gel column chromatography to afford the title compounds' as yellow solids (6.77 g, 91%). MPLC (M++1=285.1).
  • The following compound is made in a similar way.
  • Preparation 36
    • 1-[3,5-dimethyl-1-(4trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propanol
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3: δ 7.71 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H), 7.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H), 4.66 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1 H), 2.37 (s, 3 H), 2.35 (s, 3 H), 2.04-1.91 (m, 1 H), 1.85-1.78 (M, 1 H), 0.95 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H).
  • Preparation 37
    • 2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00067
    Step A
    • 1-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone
  • Dissolve 1-[3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-yl]-ethanol (5.09 g, 17.905 mmol) in CHCl3 (80 mL) and to this solution, add activated manganese (IV) dioxide (15.57 g, 179.05 mmol). Heat to reflux the resulting suspension for 36 hours. After that time, allow to cool to room temperature, then filter through a short pad of Celite. Concentrate the filtrate to afford the title compound as an off-white solid, and use without further purification in next Reaction E. (4.87 g, 96%). MPLC (M++1=283.1).
  • Step B
    • 4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl-vinyl)-1H-pyrazol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00068
  • Suspend methoxymethyl triphenylphosphonium chloride (17.75 g, 51.79 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at room temperature and then cool to 0° C. (ice bath). Suspend potassium tert-butoxide (5.81 g, 51.79 mmol) in THF (30 mL). Add the potassium tert-butoxide suspension onto the methoxymethyl triphenylphosphonium chloride suspension in a dropwise fashion. Stir for 20 minutes. Then add dropwise a solution of 1-[3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-yl]-ethanone (4.87 g, 17.26 mmol) in THF (80 mL) along 5 minutes. After completion of the addition, remove the cooling bath. Stir for 2 additional hours. Partition the reaction mixture between EtOAc (250 mL) and H2O (100 mL). Wash the organic extract with brine (3×150 mL), dry over Na2SO4, filter and concentrate to afford the crude product. Purification using silica gel column chromatography (0% to 15% EtOAc/hexanes) gave the title compound as an off-white solid. (5.30 g, 99%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.71 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2 H), 7.60 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2 H), 6.1 (s, 1 H), 3.62 (s, 3 H), 2.60 (s, 3 H), 1.83 (s, 3 H).
  • Step C
    • 2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Dissolve 4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl-vinyl)-1H-pyrazol (6.06 g, 19.52 mmol) in acetonitrile (200 mL) at room temperature. Add sodium iodide (2.93 g, 19.52 mmol) and stir the reaction mixture for 3 minutes. Cool while stirring to 0° C. (ice bath). Add trimethylsilylchloride (2.5 mL, 19.52 mmol) dropwise. Remove the ice bath and stir at room temperature for 2 hours. Monitor the consumption of the starting material by TLC. When the reaction is completed, add 5% sodium sulfate solution (100 mL) and EtOAc (250 mL). Extraction with EtOAc and wash the combined organic solutions with brine (100 mL×3). Dry over Na2SO4, and concentrate to obtain a yellow solid. This solid is taken up in 150 mL of EtOH and stirred at room temperature. Cool the mixture to 0° C. (ice bath) and add sodium borohydride (390 mg., 20.6 equivalents) in one portion. Remove the cooling bath after addition and stir the reaction mixture for 4 hours at room temperature. Monitor the reaction by TLC. Dilute with EtOAc, extract with 200 mL of EtOAc wash the combined organic phases with brine, (3×50 mL), dry over Na2SO4, and concentrate to obtain the title compound as a off-white solid. Purify by silica gel column chromatography with 30% EtOAc in Hexanes. (3.82 g, 62%). MPLC (M++1=299.1).
  • Preparation 38
    • 3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00069
    Step A
    • 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00070
  • To an ambient temperature solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol (5.0 g, 18.50 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 ml) is added manganese (IV) dioxide (12.0 g, 138 mmol) and heated to reflux overnight. TLC (100% EtOAc) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of silica gel resting on ceelite. The filtrate is concentrated and recrystallized from hot ethyl acetate/hexanes yields the title compound (4.93 g, 99%).
  • Step B
    • 3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-but-2-enoic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00071
  • To a 0 C suspension of sodium hydride (7.2 g, 180 mmol, 60% oil dispersion) in THF (50 ml) prewashed with hexanes (100 ml) is added a solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (32.5 ml, 163.7 mmol) in THF (50 ml). The reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature for 1 h and cooled back to 0 C. At which point a solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone (4.93 g, 16.37 mmol) in THF (100 ml) is added and the reaction mixture heated to reflux for 6 h. TLC (20% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. Reaction is cooled to room temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAC (3×200 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (100 ml), dried (MgSO4), filtered, concentrated and chromatographed (120 g SiO2, 10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the title compound (5.41 g, 96%).
  • Step C
    • 3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-but-2-en-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00072
  • To a 0 C solution of 3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-but-2-enoic acid ethyl ester (5.41 g, 15.99 mmol) in THF (200 ml) is added portion-wise lithium aluminum hydride (1.82 g, 47.97 mmol) and heated to reflux. After 1 h TLC (20% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction is cooled to 0 C and quenched by the slow addition of water, 5N NaOH and water. The suspension, which is formed, is diluted with EtOAc (200 ml) and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated and chromatographed (120 g SiO2, 20% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield (4.37 g, 86%) a 4:1 mixture of title compound and the saturated alkane.
  • Step D
    • 3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00073
  • To an ambient temperature suspension of palladium on carbon (1.5 g, 10% wt) in a solution of 3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-but-2-en-1-ol (4.3 g, 14.51 mmol) in ethanol (30 ml) is added an atmosphere of hydrogen gas and continues to stir at room temperature. After 5 h LC/MS indiacated complete conversion of SM to desired product. Reaction mixture is filtered through ceelite and concentrated to yield the title compound (3.92 g, 91%).
  • Preparation 39
    • 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00074
    Preparation 40
    • 2-Methyl-1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00075
    Preparation 41
    • [3-tert-Butyl-5-chloro-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00076
    Step A
    • 5-tert-Butyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,4-dihydro-pyrazol-3-one
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00077
  • To an ambient temperature solution of Trifluoromethylphenyl hydrazine (9.0 g, 51.1 mmol) is added 4,4-Dimethyl-3-oxo-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (9.13 ml, 57.1 mmol) and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture is then refluxed with continuous azeotropic removal of water and volatile organics for anther 6 hours. TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. Heptane is added to the hot solution. As the solution cools a tan solid precipitates and is filtered. The filter cake is washed with heptane and dried to yield the title compound (14.50 g, 99%).
  • Step B
    • 3-tert-Butyl-5-chloro-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00078
  • To a 10 C solution of phosphorous oxychloride (9.35 ml, 102.2 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) is added solid 5-tert-Butyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,4-dihydro-pyrazol-3-one (14.5 g, 51.1 mmol) and the reaction mixture is heated to 100 C overnight. TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction is quenched by pouring into ice (1 L). Once warmed to room temperature the mixture is extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×300 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with 2N NaOH and water, dried (MgSO4), filtered, concentrated and chromatographed (330 g SiO2, 10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the title compound (14.7 g, 87%).
  • Step C
    • [3-tert-Butyl-5-chloro-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00079
  • To a 0 C solution of 3-tert-Butyl-5-chloro-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (2.0 g, 6.05 mmol) in THF/MeOH (60/15 ml) is added portion-wise sodium borohydride (458 mg, 12.1 mmol) and warmed to room temperature. After 1 h TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is partitioned between EtOAc (100 ml) and 0.2N HCl (50 ml). The aqueous layer is extracted with a second portion of EtOAc (50 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield the title compound (1.99 g, 99%).
  • Preparation 42
    • [3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00080
    Step A
    • 3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde
  • To an ambient temperature solution of 3-tert-Butyl-5-chloro-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (9.0 g, 27.21 mmol) in EtOAC/Et3N (4/9 ml) is added 5% Pd/CaCO3(Pb) (908 mg). The reaction mixture is stirred under 60 psi of hydrogen overnight. Catalyst is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated giving the title compound (5.08 g, 63%).
  • Step B
    • [3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00081
  • To a 0 C solution of 3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (2.4 g, 8.1 mmol) in THF/MeOH (80/20 ml) is added portion-wise sodium borohydride (460 mg, 12.15 mmol) and warmed to room temperature. After 1 h TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is partitioned between EtOAc (100 ml) and 0.2N HCl. (50 ml). The aqueous layer is extracted with a second portion of EtOAc (50 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield the title compound (2.28 g, 94%).
  • The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner using the appropriate β-keto esters.
  • Preparation 43
    • [3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00082
    Preparation 44
    • [3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00083
    Preparation 45
    • 1-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00084
    Preparation 46
    • 1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00085
    Preparation 47
    • 1-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00086
    Preparation 48
    • 2-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-2-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00087
    Preparation 49
    • 2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00088
    Preparation 50
    • 2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00089
  • To a −78 C solution of 3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbaldehyde (5.0 g, 16.87 mmol) in THF (170 ml) is added methylmagnesium bromide (24.1 ml, 33.75 mmol, 1.4 M in Et2O) dropwise and is allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 h TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction is quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAC (3×250 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield the title compound (5.27 g, 100%).
  • Step B
    • 1-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone
  • To an ambient temperature solution of 1-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol (5.27 g, 16.87 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 ml) is added manganese (IV) dioxide (13.2 g, 152 mmol) and heated to reflux overnight. TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction mixture is filtered through a bed of silica gel resting on ceelite. The filtrate is concentrated and recrystallized from hot ethyl acetate/hexanes to yield the title compound (4.89 g, 93%).
  • Step C
    • 3-tert-Butyl-4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl-vinyl)-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • To a an ambient temperature suspension of potassium tert-butoxide (4.01 g, 35.77 mmol) in THF (100 ml) is added (Methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (12.26 g, 35.57 mmol) and is stirred at room temperature for 30 min. 1-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone (3.7 g, 11.92 mmol) is added and the reaction mixture continues to stir at room temperature. After 2 h TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. Reaction is quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (3×200 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, concentrated and chromatographed (120 g SiO2, 10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the title compound (2.87 g, 71%).
  • Step D
    • 2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propionaldehyde
  • To a 0 C solution of 3-tert-Butyl-4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl-vinyl)-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole (2.66 g, 7.86 mmol) in THF (20 ml) is added dropwise concentrated hydrochloric acid (12.5 ml) and the reaction is warmed to room temperature. After 1 h TLC (30% EtOAc/hexane) indicates complete consumption of starting material. The reaction mixture is diluted with water and the pH is adjusted to 8 with solid NaHCO3. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAC (3×100 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) , filtered, concentrated and chromatographed (120 g SiO2, 10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the title compound (2.42 g, 95%).
  • Step E
    • 2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • To a 0 C solution of 2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propionaldehyde (2.55 g, 7.86 mmol) in THF/MeOH (80/20 ml) is added portion-wise sodium borohydride (595 mg, 15.72 mmol) and warmed to room temperature. After 1 h TLC showed no SM. The reaction mixture is concentrated and the residue is partitioned between EtOAc (100 ml) and 0.2N HCl (50 ml). The aqueous layer is extracted with a second portion of EtOAc (50 ml). The combined organic layers are washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield the title compound (2.50 g, 98%).
  • Preparation 51
    • 2-(3-Methyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00090
    Preparation 52
    • 2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00091
    Preparation 53
    • 2-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00092
    Preparation 54
    • 2-[1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00093
    Preparation 55
    • [5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00094
    Step A
    • 4-Methyl-3-oxo-2-(triphenyl-15-phosphanylidene)-pentanoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00095
  • To a solution of isobutric acid (4.4 g, 50 mmol) and (triphenyl-15-phosphanylidene)-acetic acid methyl ester (16.7 g, 50 mmol)in methylene chloride (500 mL) is added DMAP (610 mg, 5 mmol) and EDCI (9.6 g, 50 mmol) at 0˜5° C., then warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture is quenched by 1N NaOH, layers are separated, the organic layer is washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the title compound.
  • Step B
    • 4-Methyl-2,3-dioxo-pentanoic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00096
  • To a solution of 4-Methyl-3-oxo-2-(triphenyl-15-phosphanylidene)-pentanoic acid methyl ester (2.0 g, 4.95 mmol) in methylene chloride is bubbled ozone for 30 min at −78° C., then the reaction mixture is loaded on silica gel column, eluted with hexanes and ethyl acetate giving 0.51 g of the title compound.
  • Step C
    • 5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00097
  • To a slurry of NH40Ac (2.48 g) in acetic acid is added 4-Methyl-2,3-dioxo-pentanoic acid methyl ester (0.51 g, 3.22 mmol) and 4-Trifluoromethyl-benzaldehyde (1.11 g). The mixture is heated at 60° C. for 1 h, acetic acid is evaporated. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with NaHCO3, water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and column chromatography on silica gel yields the title compound (0.5 g).
  • Step D
    • [5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00098
  • A THF (5 mL) solution of 5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.47 g, 1.51 mmol) is cooled to 0° C. and a 1M LiAlH4 (1.51 mL, 1.51 mmol) is added slowly. The reaction is warmed to room temperature slowly, after stirring at room temperature for 2 h, tlc (15% EtOAc/hexane) showed that all the starting ester had been consumed. The reaction is cooled and carefully quenched with water, 5N NaOH. The light tan solid is filter through celite and dried to give 0.4 g of the title compound.
  • Preparation 56
    • [5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00099
    Step A
    • 5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00100
  • To a solution of 5-isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (3.0 g, 9.6 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) is added sodium hydride (60%, 0.58 g) at 0˜5° C. The mixture is stirred at 0˜5° C. for 30 min methyl iodide (1.2 mL) is added. The reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight, wuenched by water, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the title compound (2.5 g).
  • Step B
    • [5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00101
  • THF (10 mL) solution of 5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester(2.36 g, 7.23 mmol) is cooled to 0° C. and a 1M LiAlH4 (7.5 mL, 7.5 mmol) is added slowly. The reaction is warmed to room temperature slowly, after stirring at room temperature for 2 h, tlc (15% EtOAc/hexane) showed that all the starting ester had been consumed. The reaction is cooled and carefully quenched with water, 5N NaOH. The light tan solid is filter through celite and dried to give 1.9 g of the title compound.
  • Preparation 57
    • 1-[4-Methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00102
    Step A
    • N-Hydroxyl-4-trifluoromethyl-benzimidoyl chloride
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00103
  • 4-Trifluoromethyl-benzaldehyde (3.48 g, 20.0 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL) is added NH2OH—HCl (1.53 g, 22.0 mmol). The mixture is stirred and heated to reflux at 84° C. for 2 hours. It is then cooled down and concentrated and purified on silica gel chromatography column with 10-20% EtOAc/Hexanes to obtain the oxime intermediate.
  • The oxime intermediate (2.40 g, 12.7 mmol) is then dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and added the NCS (0.93 g, 6.95 mmol). Use heat gun to initiate the reaction and then add another portion of NCS (0.93 g, 6.95 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2 hours and quenched with water (50 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2) and the combined organics are dried (Na2SO4), concentrated,. and purified on silica gel chromatography column with 20-50% EtOAc/Hexanes to yield the title compound (2.60 g, 92%).
  • Step B
    • 4-Methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00104
  • To a solution of N-Hydroxyl-4-trifluoromethyl-benzimidoyl chloride (0.65 g, 2.91 mmol) and but-2-ynoic acid ethyl ester (0.49 g, 4.36 mmol) in EtOAc (3.0 mL) is added Et3N dropwisely while stirred vigorously. The resulted suspension is heated to 80° C. for 12 hours. It is then filtered and the filtrate is purified on silica gel chromatography column with 10-15% EtOAc/Hexanes to obtain the product (410 mg, 47%).
  • Step C
    • [4-Methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]-methanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00105
  • A solution of 4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)isoxazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (810 mg, 2.71 mmol) in THF (30 mL) is treated with LiBH4 (295 mg, 13.5 mmol). The suspension is stirred at room temperature for 48 hours and then quenched water (20 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2) and the combined organics are dried (Na2SO4), concentrated, and purified on silica gel chromatography column with 50% EtOAc/Hexanes to yield the title compound (480 mg g, 69%).
  • Step D
    • 1-[4-Methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]-ethanol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00106
  • A solution of [4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]-methanol (251 mg, 0.976 mmol) is treated with MnO2 (168 mg, 1.95 mmol) and the suspension is stirred at 75° C. for 24 hours. The mixture is filtered and purified on silica gel chromatography column with 25% EtOAc/Hexanes to yield the aldehyde intermediate (165 mg).
  • A solution of that aldehyde intermediate (165 mg, 0.647 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. is treated with MeMgBr (0.43 mL, 3.0 M). The mixture is stirred while warmed up to room temperature over 60 minutes. The reaction is then quenched with water (1.0 mL) and HCl (5 mL, 0.1 N). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×2) and the combined organics are dried (Na2SO4), concentrated, and purified on silica gel chromatography column with 30% EtOAc/Hexanes to yield the title compound (160 mg, 91%).
  • Preparation 58
    • 5-Chloromethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazole
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00107
    Step A
  • To a slurry of (4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-hydrazine (1.8 g, 10.22 mmol) in water (50 mL) at 0° C. under nitrogen is slowly added concentrated hydrochloric acid (14 mL). In a separate round bottom flask, sodium nitrite (2.0 g, 34 mmol) is dissolved in water (10 mL) and transferred to the reaction slurry slowly by pipette. The mixture is allowed to stir at 0° C. open to air and monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumtion of starting material, the reaction is diluted with ethyl acetate and the two phases are seperated. The organic layer is washed, dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude 1-azido-4-trifluoromethyl-benzene is used immediately without further purification.
  • Step B
  • 1-azido-4-trifluoromethyl-benzene (10.22 mmol) is dissolved in anhydrous dimethyl formamide (4 mL) and methylpropriolate (3.6 mL, 40 mmol) is added with stirring under nitrogen at room temperature. The reaction is heated to 45° C. and monitored by TLC. After the starting material is completely consumed, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and concentrated. The reaction is diluted with chloroform and washed with water and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, then concentrated. The residue is further purified using flash column chromatography. The regioisomers 3-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-[1,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.074 g, 0.2731 mmol), 4% yield, and 1-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.510 g, 1.88 mmol), 18% yield, are formed in roughly a 1:4 ratio.
  • Step C
  • 1-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazole-4-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.510 g, 1.88 mmol) is dissolved into anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) and cooled to 0° C. under nitrogen. A solution of lithium aluminum hydride, 1.0 M in THF, (1.90 mL, 1.90 mmol) is slowly added and the reaction is monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumtion of starting material, the reaction is quenched with water, 20% sodium hydroxide, and water additions, diluted with diethyl ether, followed by filtration through a celite plug. The two phases are seperated. The organic layer is washed, dried, filtered and concentrated. The crude [1-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-yl]-methanol (0.314 g, 1.29 mmol), 69% yield, is used without further purification.
  • Step D
  • [1-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-yl]-methanol (0.314 g, 1.29 mmol), is dissolved into anhydrous dichloromethane (5 mL) and cooled to 0° C. under nitrogen. Triethyl amine (0.360 mL, 2.58 mmol) and methane sulfonyl chloride (0.150 mL, 1.94 mmol) are then slowly added and the reaction is monitored by TLC. Upon complete consumtion of starting material, the reaction is diluted with dichloromethane and extracted against saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer is washed with water and brine, then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The crude 4-Chloromethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazole (0.337 g, 1.29 mmol), 100% yield, is used without further purification.
    • Example 1 {2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00108
    Step A
    • 4-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • To a cooled (0° C.) solution of [3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol (333 mg, 1.29 mmol) and triethylamine (0.36 ml, 2.58 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) is added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.16 ml, 2.06 mmol) dropwise over 5 minutes. After stirring at 0° C. for 2 hours, the mixture is diluted with dichloromethane (15 ml) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2×15 ml). The organic layer is washed with water, brine, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to the title compound as a solid and is used without further purification. MS: m/z (M+1) 275.
  • Step B
    • {2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy}-acetic acid methyl ester
  • To a solution of (4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester (99.3 mg, 0.50 mmol) and 4-Chloromethyl-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole (167 mg, 0.61 mmol) in acetonitrile (1.5 ml) is added cesium carbonate (260 mg, 0.80 mmol) and the resulting suspension stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. Filtration of the mixture and concentration of the filtrate yields a solid which is purified by silica chromatography (15:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 5:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 435
  • Step C
    • {2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • A solution of {2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy}-acetic acid methyl ester (120 mg, 0.27 mmol) in methanol (10 ml) is treated with 5N NaOH (0.54 ml, 2.7 mmol), and the solution is stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The mixture is concentrated to dryness to give a solid which is dissolved in water (10 ml) and ethyl acetate (15 ml), and the solution is then adjusted to pH 3 with 6N HCl. After extraction of the aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (2×15 ml), the organic extracts are combined and washed with water, brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 421. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • The following compound is prepared substantially as described herein below:
    • Example 2 2-Methyl-2-(4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00109
    HRMS: Calcd. 447.1895, Found: 447.1901.
    • Example 3 3-{2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00110
    Step A
    • 3-{2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid methyl ester
  • To a cooled (0° C.) solution of [3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol (135 mg, 0.52 mmol) and 3-(4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (123 mg, 0.63 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 ml) is added tri-n-butylphosphine (0.195 ml, 0.78 mmol) followed by addition of 1,1′-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidine (197 mg, 0.78 mmol) portion-wise over 3 minutes. The mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes, then removed from the cold bath and stirred for 18 hours. The mixture is diluted with hexanes (10 ml), filtered to remove insolubles, and the filtrate concentrated to an oil which is purified by silica flash chromatography (35:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 5:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound as a colorless oil. MS: m/z (M+1) 433.
  • Step B
    • 3-{2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • A solution of 3-{2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid methyl ester (98 mg, 0.22 mmol) in methanol (3 ml) is treated with 5N NaOH (0.11 ml, 0.56 mmol), and the solution is stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture is concentrated to dryness to give a solid, which is dissolved in water (10 ml) and ethyl acetate (15 ml), and the resulting solution is then adjusted to pH 3 with 6N HCl. After extraction of the aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (2×15 ml), the organic extracts are combined and washed with. water, brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 419. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • The following compounds are prepared according to the procedure outlined above in Example 3:
    • Example 4 (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00111
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 435. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 5 (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00112
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 433. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 6 (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00113
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 451. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 7 (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00114
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 449. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 8 (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00115
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 449. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 9 (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00116
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 447. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 10 (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00117
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 465. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 11 (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00118
  • MS: m/z (M+1) 463. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 12 (3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00119
  • MS (ES): 435 (M++1). The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
    • Example 13 {3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00120
  • MS (ES) : 407 (M++1) The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • Example 14
    • (3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00121
  • MS (ES): 421 (M++1). The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
    • Example 15 2-(3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00122
    Step A
  • Lithium hexamethyldisilazane (0.51 mL, 0.51 mmol) is added dropwise to a solution of (3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (0.20 g, 0.46 mmol) in 5 mL THF at −78 C. The resultant solution is stirred for 30 minutes and methyl iodide (0.034 mL, 0.55 mmol) is added dropwise. The solution is allowed to warm to room temperature over two hours and stirred overnight upon which it is poured into an aqueous solution of NH4Cl. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL) and washed with water (25 mL) and brine (25 mL). Chromatography (10% ethyl acetate/hexane) provided the ester.
  • Step B
  • The ester is hydrolyzed in a similar fashion providing the titled compound. MS (ES) 435 (M++1). The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
    • Example 16 (3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00123
  • MS (ES): 405 (M++1). The structure is confirmed by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
    • Example 17 (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00124
    Step A
    • (2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Zinc iodide (105 mg, 0.33 mmol) is added to a solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol (185 mg, 0.65 mmol) and (4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (176 mg, 0.78 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (1 ml) and the solution stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. The mixture is diluted with water (20 ml) and dichloromethane (10 ml), the organic layer is removed, and the remaining aqueous layer extracted with dichloromethane (2×10 ml). The combined organic extracts are combined and washed with brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to an oil which is purified by silica chromatography (15:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate to 10:1 hexanes:ethyl acetate) to give the title compound as a colorless oil. MS: m/z (M+1) 493.
  • Step B
    • (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • A solution of (2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (239 mg, 0.48 mmol) in methanol (4 ml) is treated with 2N NaOH (0.72 ml, 1.44 mmol), and the solution is stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The mixture is concentrated to dryness to give a solid, which is dissolved in water (15 ml) and ethyl acetate (15 ml), and the resulting solution is then adjusted to pH 3 with 6N HCl. After extraction of the aqueous layer with ethyl acetate (2×20 ml), the organic extracts are combined and washed with water, brine, then dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to provide the title compound as a white solid. MS: m/z (M+1) 465. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 18 (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00125
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% n-propanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 451. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 19 (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{1[-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00126
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% n-propanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 451. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 20 (S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00127
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 447. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 21 (R)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00128
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 447. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 22 (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00129
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 449. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 23 (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00130
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 449. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 24 (S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00131
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 449. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 25 (R)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00132
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 20% isopropanol in heptane containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 449. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 26 (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00133
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 465. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 27 (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00134
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 10% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 465. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 28 (S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00135
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 15% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 463. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 29 (R)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00136
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralpak AD (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 15% ethanol in heptane containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 463. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 30 (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00137
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OJ (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 100% ethanol containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the first enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 465. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 31 (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00138
  • The title compound is obtained via chiral chromatography of the racemate on a Chiralcel OJ (4.6×250 mm) column with an eluent consisting of 100% ethanol containing 0.2% trifluoroacetic acid as buffer, and eluted as the second enantiomer. MS: m/z (M+1) 465. The structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 32 {4-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00139
    Step A
    • {4-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • To a solution of 4-Chloromethyl-3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole (172 mg, 0.6 mmol) and (4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (152 mg, 0.67 mmol) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL) is added Ca2CO3 (325 mg, 1 mmol). The mixture is stirred at room temperature over night, quenched by water, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the crude product.
  • Step B
    • {4-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • To a solution of {4-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester from step A in THF (1 mL is added LiOH (1.0 M, 1 mL). It is stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs, is acidified with 5 N HCl, extracted with ether, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and reversed phase HPLC purification (acetone/water/TFA as eluent) yields the title compound (62 mg) . MS (ES): 453 (M++1); the structure is also confirmed by 1H NMR.
    • Example 33 {4-[1-(3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00140
  • MS (ES): 505.1 (M++1); the structure is also confirmed by 1H NMR.
    • Example 34 (4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00141
    Step A
    • (4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • To a solution of 1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanol (314 mg, 1 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (4 mL) is added ZnI2 (160 mg, 0.5 mmol), followed by addition of (4-mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (270 mg, 0.1.2 mmol). After 2 hrs, the reaction mixture is loaded on silica gel column directly and eluted with hexanes/ethyl acetate giving the title compound (498 mg).
  • Step B
    • (4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • To a solution of (4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (110 mg) from step A in ethanol (1 mL is added NaOH (5.0 M, 1 mL). After stirring at 50° C. for 2 hrs, it is acidified with 5 N HCl, extracted with ether, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration and reversed phase HPLC purification (acetone/water/TFA as eluent) yields the title compound (86 mg). MS (ES): 493.3 (M+−1).
  • The following compounds are made in a similar manner:
    • Example 35 3-(4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00142
  • MS (ES): 491.3 (M+−1).
    • Example 36 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00143
  • MS (ES): 479.1 (M++1).
    • Example 37
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00144
    • {4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • MS (ES): 481.1 (M++1).
    • Example 38 {4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00145
  • MS (ES): 513.1 (M++1, 37Cl)
    • Example 39 3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00146
  • MS (ES): 515.1 (M++1, 37Cl).
    • Example 40 {3-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00147
    Step A
    • {3-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • A solution of [5-chloro-1-(4-difluoromethoxy-phenyl)-3-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-methanol (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL) is degassed and filled with nitrogen for 3 times. 1,1′-(Azodicarbonyl)-dipiperidine (120 mg, 0.5 mmol) is added to the reaction mixture under nitrogen at 0° C., followed by the addition of tributylphosphine (0.124 mL, 0.5 mmol) and (3-hydroxy-phenyl)-acetic acid (83 mg, 0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight, the mixture is loaded on silica gel column. Chromatography yields the title compound (120 mg).
  • Step B
    • {3-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • {3-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid ethyl ester (120 m) from step A is taken into ethanol (1 mL) and treated with NaOH (5.0 N, 1 mL) at 50° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture is acidified with 5 N HCl, extracted with ethyl ether, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the title compound (120 mg). MS (ES): 469.1 (M+−1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • The following compounds are made in a similar manner:
    • Example 41 3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00148
  • MS (ES): 497.1 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 42 (S)-3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00149
  • MS (ES): 513.1 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 43 {3-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00150
  • MS (ES): 435.5 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 44 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00151
  • MS (ES): 463.4 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 45 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00152
  • MS (ES): 479.5 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 46 {2-Methyl-4-[2-(5-methyl-3-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00153
    Step 1
  • (4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (113 mg, 0.500 mmol) is dissolved into anhydrous acetonitrile(ACN) (2 mL). Toluene-4-sulfonic acid 2-(5-methyl-3-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethyl ester (176 mg, 0.495 mmol) is added to the reaction, followed by the addition of cesium carbonate (326 mg, 1.00 mmol). The reaction is allowed to stir under nitrogen at room temperature and monitored by TLC and HPLC. Upon complete consumption of the tosylate, the reaction is diluted with diethyl ether and quenched with 0.1N NaOH. The two phases are separated, then the organic layer washed with water and brine. The organic phase is dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is further purified using either EtOAc/Hexanes (1:9) or Acetone/Hexanes (1:9) gradients on silica gel chromatography to yield {2-Methyl-4-[2-(5-methyl-3-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester (133 mg, 0.346 mmol) or 70%.
  • Step 2
  • {2-Methyl-4-[2-(5-methyl-3-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester (133 mg, 0.346 mmol) is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) and 1N LiOH (1 mL) is added. The mixture is heated to reflux until the conversion is complete. Upon complete conversion, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and 1N HCl (1 mL) is added. The mixture is diluted with diethyl ether and extracted with 1N HCl. The organic layer is washed with water and brine, then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • Concentration of the solvent reveals the pure {2-Methyl-4-[2-(5-methyl-3-phenyl-pyrazol-1-yl)-ethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid in near quantitative yield (130 mg, 0.340 mmol).
    • Example 47 [2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00154
    Step 1
  • (4-Mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (113 mg, 0.500 mmol) is dissolved into anhydrous acetonitrile(ACN) (2 mL). Cesium carbonate (326 mg, 1.00 mmol) is added to the reaction, followed by the addition of 4-Chloromethyl-5-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazole (102 mg, 0.495 mmol). The reaction is allowed to stir under nitrogen at room temperature and monitored by TLC and HPLC. Upon complete consumption of the chloride, the reaction is diluted with diethyl ether and quenched with 0.1N NaOH. The two phases are separated, then the organic layer washed with water and brine. The organic phase is dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is further purified using either EtOAc/Hexanes (1:9) or Acetone/Hexanes (1:9) gradients on silica gel chromatography to yield [2-Methyl-4-(5-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid ethyl ester (157 mg, 0.396 mmol) or 80%.
  • Step 2
  • [2-Methyl-4-(5-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid ethyl ester (157 mg, 0.396 mmol) is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) and 1N LiOH (1 mL) is added. The mixture is heated to reflux until the conversion is complete. Upon complete conversion, the reaction is cooled to room temperature and 1N HCl (1 mL) is added. The mixture is diluted with diethyl ether and extracted with 1N HCl. The organic layer is washed with water and brine, then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Concentration of the solvent reveals the pure [2-Methyl-4-(5-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid in near quantitative yield (138 mg, 0.375 mmol).
  • The following compounds are made in a substantially similar manner:
    • Example 48 [2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00155
  • MS (ES): 351.13 (M++H)
    • Example 49 3-[2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00156
  • MS (ES): 369.04 (M++H)
    • Example 50 {2-Methyl-4-[1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00157
  • MS (ES) : 424.4 (M++H).
    • Example 51 {2-Methyl-4-[5-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00158
  • MS (ES): 438.4 (M++H).
    • Example 52 {4-[1-(3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl-benzyl)-5-phenyl-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-ylmethanesulfonyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00159
  • MS (ES): 614.5 (M++H).
    • Example 53
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00160
    • 3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • A solution of 3-(4-hydroxy-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid methyl ester (88 mg, 0.45 mmol) and 1-[4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-yl]-ethanol (81 mg, 0.30 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) is degassed and filled with nitrogen for 3 times. Tributylphosphine (91 mg, 0.45 mmol) is added to the reaction mixture under nitrogen at 0° C., followed by addition of of 1,1′-(azodicarbonyl)-dipiperidine (88 mg, 0.45 mmol). The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 48 hours. The mixture is loaded directly on silica gel chromatography with 25% EtOAc/Hexanes to obtain the intermediate ester. This intermediate is taken into THF (0.5 mL) and MeOH 1.0 mL), and is treated with NaOH (2.0 N, 1.5 mL) for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is acidified with 5 N HCl, extracted with ethyl ether, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the title compound (21 mg, 16%). MS (ES): 434.3; the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 54 3-{2-Methyl-4-[4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00161
  • MS (ES): 420.2; the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 55 {4-[5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00162
    Step A
    • {4-[5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • A solution of (4-mercapto-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid ethyl ester (120 mg, 0.53 mmol) and [5-isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-yl]-methanol (100 mg, 0.35 mmol) in toluene (3.0 mL) is degassed and filled with nitrogen for 3 times. Tributylphosphine (0.13 mL) is added to the reaction mixture under nitrogen at 0° C., followed by addition of of 1,1′-(azodicarbonyl)-dipiperidine (134 mg). The reaction mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight, the mixture is loaded on silica gel column. Chromatography yields the title compound (120 mg).
  • Step B
    • {4-[5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • ({4-[5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid ethyl ester (120 mg) is taken into THF (2 mL) and treated with LiOH (1.0 N, 2 mL) for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture is acidified with 5 N HCl, extracted with ethyl ether, dried over sodium sulfate. Concentration yields the title compound. MS (ES): 465.2 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
  • The following compounds are made in a similar manner:
    • Example 56 {4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00163
  • MS (ES): 477.2 (M+−1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 57 {4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00164
  • MS (ES): 463.2 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 58 3-{4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00165
  • MS (ES): 461.2 (M++1), the structure is also confirmed by proton NMR.
    • Example 59 (3-{2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00166
    Step A
  • (3-{2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester Dissolve 2-[3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-1-ol (219 mg. 0.74 mmol) in toluene (20 mL). Add (3-mercapto-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (175 mg., 0.96 mmol) while stirring. This mixture is degassed passing Argon for 10 minutes. Then, add n-tributyl phosphine (0.3 mL, 1.18 mmol) dropwise. Cool the reaction mixture to 0° C. (ice bath). Add Azo-dicarbonyldipiperidine (ADDP) (261 mg., 1.04 mmol) portionwise. Allow the reaction mixture to warm slowly to room temperature overnight. The next day, remove the solvent on rotavapor. Take up the resulting solid in ethyl ether (70 mL), filter off the solids and wash the filtrate with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (3×30 mL), brine (3×30 mL), dry over Na2SO4, and concentrate to afford the crude compound. Purify by silica gel column chromatography (40% EtOAc in Hexanes) to yield 330 mg. of pure title compound (97%). MPLC (M++1=463.3).
  • Step B
    • (3-{2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Dissolve (3-{2-[3,5-dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl) acetic acid methyl ester (114 mg., 0.25 mmol) in THF (5 ml) and MeOH (10 mL) at room temperature. Cool to 0° C. (ice bath) and add 2.5 mL of a 2N aqueous solution of KOH. Stir the reaction at room temperature overnight. The following day, add 2N HCl until the solution reach pH=3-4. Extract with EtOAc (70 mL), wash the organic phase with brine (3×30 mL), and dry over Na2SO4.to afford 110 mg. of title compound (99%). MPLC (M++1=449.3).
  • The following compounds were made in a similar manner:
    • Example 60 (4-{1-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00167
  • MS (M++1=449.1).
    • Example 61 (4-{1-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00168
  • MS (M++1=465.1).
    • Example 62 (4-{1-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00169
  • MS (M++1=463.1).
    • Example 63 (4-{1-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00170
  • MS (M++1=478.1).
    • Example 64 3-(4-{2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00171
  • MS (M++1=461.1.1).
    • Example 65 3-(4-{2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00172
  • MS (M++1477.1).
    • Example 66 3-(4-{1-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00173
  • MS (M++1=447.1).
    • Example 67 3-{4-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00174
  • MS (M++1=433.1).
    • Example 68 (3-{2-[3,5-Dimethyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00175
  • MS (M++1=433.1).
    • Example 69 3-{2-Methyl-4-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00176
  • HRMS: Calcd. 435.1354, Found: 435.1351.
    • Example 70 3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00177
  • HRMS: Calcd. 463.1667, Found: 463.1651.
    • Example 71 3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00178
  • HRMS: Calcd. 477.1823, Found: 477.1825.
    • Example 72 3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-methyl-1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00179
  • HRMS: Calcd. 477.1823, Found: 477.1817
    • Example 73 3-(2-Methyl-4-{1-methyl-1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00180
  • HRMS: Calcd. 463.1667, Found: 463.1654.
    • Example 74 (2-Methyl-4-{1-methyl-1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl-]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00181
  • HRMS: Calcd. 465.1460, Found: 465.1444
    • Example 75 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00182
  • HRMS: Calcd. 463.1667, Found: 463.1669.
    • Example 76 3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00183
  • HRMS: Calcd. 447.1895, Found: 447.1893.
    • Example 77 {4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00184
  • HRMS: Calcd. 465.1460, Found: 465.1439.
    • Example 78 {4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenylsulfanyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00185
  • HRMS: Calcd. 465.1460, Found: 465.1451
    • Example 79 3-{3-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00186
  • HRMS: Calcd. 433.1739, Found: 433.1736.
    • Example 80 3-(4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00187
  • HRMS: Calcd. 477.1823, Found: 477.1820.
    • Example 81 3-(4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00188
  • HRMS: Calcd. 491.1980, Found: 491.1977.
    • Example 82 (4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00189
  • HRMS: Calcd. 493.1773, Found: 493.1762.
    • Example 83 3-{4-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00190
  • HRMS: Calcd. 477.1823, Found: 477.1810.
    • Example 84 3-(4-{1-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00191
  • HRMS: Calcd. 491.1980, Found: 491.1970.
    • Example 85 3-(4-{1-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-ethyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00192
  • HRMS: Calcd. 505.2137, Found: 505.2125.
    • Example 86 (4-{1-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00193
  • HRMS: Calcd. 493.1773, Found: 493.1779.
    • Example 87 (3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00194
  • HRMS: Calcd. 433.1739, Found: 433.1745.
    • Example 88 (3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00195
  • HRMS: Calcd. 449.1511, Found: 449.1502.
    • Example 89 (3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00196
  • Isomer-1, HRMS: Calcd. 449.1511, Found: 449.1517;
  • Isomer-2, HRMS: Calcd. 449.1511, Found: 449.1514.
    • Example 90 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00197
  • HRMS: Calcd. 491.2158, Found: 491.2137.
    • Example 91 2-Methyl-2-(4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00198
  • HRMS: Calcd. 477.2001, Found: 477.1977.
    • Example 92 2-Methyl-2-(3-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00199
  • HRMS: Calcd. 447.1895, Found: 447.1882.
    • Example 93 2-Methyl-2-(3-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00200
  • HRMS: Calcd. 463.1844, Found: 463.1824.
    • Example 94 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00201
  • ESMS+: 463 (M+H).
    • Example 95 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00202
  • HRMS: Calcd. 479.1616, Found, 479.1618.
    • Example 96 2-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-4-{2- [3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00203
  • High Res. EI-MS: 463.1827; calc. 463.1844.
    • Example 97 2-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00204
  • High Res. EI-MS: 493.1757; calc. 493.1773.
    • Example 98 3-(3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00205
  • High Res. EI-MS: 433.1724; calc. 493.1739.
    • Example 99 2-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00206
  • High Res. EI-MS: 477.1998; calc. 477.2001.
    • Example 100 2-Methoxy-3-(4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00207
  • High Res. EI-MS: 463.1837; calc. 463.1844.
    • Example 101 2,2-Dimethyl-3-(4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00208
  • High Res. EI-MS: 475.2201; calc. 475.2208.
    • Example 102 3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00209
  • High Res. EI-MS: 405.1428; calc. 405.1426.
    • Example 103 3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00210
  • High Res. EI-MS: 421.1209; calc. 421.1198.
    • Example 104 (3-{3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00211
  • High Res. EI-MS: 433.1729; calc. 433.1739.
    • Example 105 2-Methyl-2-(4-{3-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00212
  • High Res. EI-MS: 477.1998; calc. 477.2001.
    • Example 106 2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-{3-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00213
  • High Res. EI-MS: 491.2146; calc. 491.2158.
    • Example 107 (2-Methyl-4-{3-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00214
  • High Res. EI-MS: 479.1605; calc. 479.1616.
    • Example 108 3-{3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butylsulfanyl}-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00215
  • High Res. EI-MS: 435.1348; calc. 435.1354.
    • Example 109 2,2-Dimethyl-3-(2-methyl-4-{3-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00216
  • High Res. EI-MS: 489.2325; calc. 489.2365.
    • Example 110 (3-{3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00217
  • High Res. EI-MS: 449.1524; calc. 449.1511.
    • Example 111 3-{4-[3-tert-Butyl-5-chloro-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00218
  • High Res. EI-MS: 495.1656; calc. 495.1662.
    • Example 112 {4-[3-tert-Butyl-5-chloro-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00219
  • High Res. EI-MS: 513.1224; calc. 513.1226.
    • Example 113 3-{4-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00220
  • MS (ES): 461.2 (M+1)
    • Example 114 {4-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00221
  • MS (ES): 479.2 (M+1)
    • Example 115 (4-{1-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00222
  • High Res. EI-MS: 559.1672; calc. 559.1678.
    • Example 116 3-(4-{1-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00223
  • High Res. EI-MS: 557.1864; calc. 557.1866.
    • Example 117 {4-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00224
  • High Res. EI-MS: 545.1512; calc. 545.1522.
    • Example 118 3-{4-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00225
  • High Res. EI-MS: 543.1706; calc. 543.1729.
    • Example 119 {3-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00226
  • High Res. EI-MS: 499.1647; calc. 499.1645.
    • Example 120 3-{4-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00227
  • High Res. EI-MS: 527.1953; calc. 527.1957.
    • Example 121 (4-{2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00228
  • High Res. EI-MS: 507.1917; calc. 507.1929.
    • Example 122 (3-{2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00229
  • High Res. EI-MS: 461.2061; calc. 461.2025.
    • Example 123 (3-{2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00230
  • High Res. EI-MS: 447.1830; calc. 447.1823.
    • Example 124 3-(4-{2-[3-tert-Butyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00231
  • High Res. EI-MS: 489.2371; calc. 489.2365.
    • Example 125 2-(4-{2-[1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00232
    • Example 126 2-(4-{2-[3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00233
    • Example 127 2-Methyl-2-{2-methyl-4-[2-(3-methyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenoxy}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00234
    • Example 128 (3-{2-[1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00235
    • Example 129 {3-[2-(3-Methyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00236
  • The following single enantiomers were obtained by chiral separation using chiral HPLC column:
    • Example 130 3-(4-{1-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl) -propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00237
  • Isomer 1, High Res. El-MS: 557.1886; calc. 557.1866.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. El-MS: 557.1922; calc. 557.1866.
    • Example 131 (4-{1-[3-[2-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-ethyl]-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00238
  • Isomer 1, High Res. El-MS: 559.1665; calc. 559.1678.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 559.1666; calc. 559.1678.
    • Example 132 (3-{3-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00239
  • Isomer 1, High Res. EI-MS: 433.1728; calc. 433.1739.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 433.1732; calc. 433.1739.
    • Example 133 2-Methyl-2-(4-{3-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00240
  • Isomer 1, High Res. EI-MS: 477.1986; calc. 477.2001.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 477.1985; calc. 477.2001.
    • Example 134 (2-Methyl-4-{3-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00241
  • Isomer 1, High Res. EI-MS: 479.1611; calc. 479.1616.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 479.1610; calc. 479.1616.
    • Example 135 3-(4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00242
  • Isomer-1: HRMS: Calcd. 477.1823, Found: 477.1810;
  • Isomer-2: HRMS: Calcd. 477.1823, Found: 477.1812.
    • Example 136 (3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-butoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00243
  • Isomer-2, ESMS+: 433 (M+H);
  • Isomer-2, ESMS+: 433 (M+H). Example 137
    • 2-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00244
  • Isomer 1; High Res. EI-MS: 463.1886; calc. 463.1844.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-M$: 463.1839; calc. 463.1844.
    • Example 138 2-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenylsulfanyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00245
  • Isomer 1, High Res. EI-MS: 493.1785; calc. 493.1773.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 493.1757; calc. 493.1773.
    • Example 139 3-(3-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00246
  • Isomer 1, High Res. EI-MS: 433.1745; calc. 493.1739.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 433.1719; calc. 493.1739.
    • Example 140 2-Methyl-2-(3-methyl-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00247
  • Isomer 1, High Res. EI-MS: 477.1989; calc. 477.2001.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 477.1989; calc. 477.2001.
    • Example 141 2-Methoxy-3-(4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00248
  • Isomer 1, High Res. EI-MS: 463.1838; calc. 463.1844.
  • Isomer 2, High Res. EI-MS: 463.1854; calc. 463.1844.
    • Example 142 2-(4′-{2-[1-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00249
  • Isomer-1 and Isomer-2.
    • Example 143 2-Methyl-2-{2-methyl-4-[2-(3-methyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenoxy}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00250
  • Isomer-1: and Isomer-2.
    • Example 144 2-(4-{2-[1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-2-methyl-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00251
  • Isomer-1 and Isomer-2.
    • Example 145 (3-{2-[1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00252
  • Isomer-1 and Isomer-2.
    • Example 146 {3-[2-(3-Methyl-1-p-tolyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-propoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00253
  • Isomer-1 and Isomer-2.
  • The following compounds were also made:
    • Example 147 (4-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethyl)}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00254
  • HRMS: Calcd. 405.1426, Found: 405.1412.
    • Example 148 2-Methyl-2-(4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethyl}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00255
  • HRMS: Calcd. 433.1739, Found: 433.1731.
    • Example 149 (4-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00256
  • HRMS: Calcd. 419.1582, Found: 419.1594.
    • Example 150 2-Methyl-2-(4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00257
    • Step A (R,S)-1-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-2-ol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00258
  • To a solution of 1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethanone (804 mg, 3 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at −80 0C. is added 4-methoxylbenzyl magnesium chloride (0.25 M in THF, 24 mL) and the mixture is stirred at ambient temperature overnight. It is quenched with 0.2 N HCl, extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is concentrated to give the titled compound as an oil. This is used for the next reaction without further purification.
  • ESMS+: 391 (M+H)
    • Step B (R,S)-4-[2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethyl]-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00259
  • To a solution of (R, S)-1-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propan-2-ol (3 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) at room temperature is added TFA (1.2 mL, 15 mmol) followed by Et3SiH (2.4 mL, 15 mmol). After 3 hours, it is quenched with saturated NaHCO3, extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer is concentrated and purified by column chromatography (0-5% EtOAc in hexanes) to give a white solid. This is subjected to hydrogenation (5% Pd/C, 60 psi) in EtOH overnight. It is filtered and washed with EtOH. Combined filtrate is concentrated to give an oil: 760 mg (84%). This is used for the next reaction without further purification.
    • Step C (R,S)-4-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenol
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00260
  • (R,S)-4-[2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-1-methyl-ethyl]-3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazole (760 mg, 2 mmol) is treated with BBr3/CH2Cl2 (1M, 6 mL) from 0 0C to room temperature for 3 hours. It is quenched with MeOH and evaporated to dryness. The residue is purified by column chromatography (0-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the titled compound as a solid: 320 mg (44%)
  • ESMS−: 359 (M−1).
    • Step D (R,S)-(4-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00261
  • A mixture of (R,S)-4-{2-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenol (150 mg, 0.42 mmol), methyl bromoacetate (0.096 mL, 1 mmol) and potassium carbonate (172 mg, 1.26 mmol) in acetonitrile (7 mL) is stirred at reflux overnight. It is filtered and washed with EtOAc. The combined filtrate is concentrated and purified by column chromatography (0-20% EtOAc in hexanes) to give the titled compound: 135 mg (75%).
  • ESMS+: 433 (M+H).
    • Step E (R,S)-(4-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00262
  • (R,S)-(4-{2-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester (135 mg, 0.3 mmol) is treated in a mixture of 2N LiOH/H2O and dioxane at 80 0C. for 3 hours. Solvent is evaporated and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and 1N HCl. The organic layer is concentrated to give the titled compound as a solid: 126 mg (96%).
  • HRMS: Calcd. 419.1582, Found: 419.1594.
    • Example 151 {3-[2-Methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00263
  • HRMS: Calcd. 391.1270, found, 391.1253.
    • Example 152 {2-Methyl-4-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00264
  • HRMS: Calcd. 437.1147, found, 437.1144.
    • Example 153 2-Methyl-2-{4-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00265
  • HRMS: Calcd. 435.1532, found, 435.1527.
    • Example 154 2-Methyl-2-{2-methyl-4-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00266
  • HRMS: Calcd. 449.1688, found, 449.1690.
    • Example 155 (S)-2-Methoxy-3-{4-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00267
  • HRMS: Calcd. 435.1532, found, 435.1544.
    • Example 156 2,2-Dimethyl-3-{4-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00268
  • HRMS: Calcd. 447.1895, found, 447.1890.
    • Example 157 3-{3-[2-Methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00269
  • HRMS: Calcd. 405.1426, found, 405.1413.
    • Example 158 3-[2-Methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-ylmethylsulfanyl]-benzoic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00270
  • HRMS: Calcd. 393.0884, found, 393.0875.
    • Example 159 (R,S)-(3-{2-[2-Methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00271
  • HRMS: Calcd. 419.1582, found, 419.1583.
    • Example 160 (R,S)-(3-{2-[2-Methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00272
  • HRMS: Calcd. 435.1354, found, 435.1351.
    • Example 161 (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00273
  • HRMS: Calcd. 465.1460, found, 465.1451.
    • Example 162 (R,S)-3-(2-Methyl-4-{2-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00274
  • HRMS: Calcd. 447.1895, found, 447.1873.
    • Example 163 (R,S)-2-Methyl-2-(2-methyl-4-{2-[2-methyl-5-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-propoxy}-phenoxy)-propionic acid
  • Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00275
  • HRMS: Calcd. 477.2001, found, 477.1989.
    • Biological Assays Binding and Cotransfection Studies
  • The in vitro potency of compounds in modulating PPARα receptors are determined by the procedures detailed below. DNA-dependent binding (ABCD binding) is carried out using SPA technology with PPAR receptors. Tritium-labeled PPARα agonists are used as radioligands for generating displacement curves and IC50 values with compounds of the invention. Cotransfection assays are carried out in CV-1 cells. The reporter plasmid contained an acylCoA oxidase (AOX) PPRE and TK promoter upstream of the luciferase reporter cDNA. Appropriate PPARs are constitutively expressed using plasmids containing the CMV promoter. For PPARα, interference by endogenous PPARγ in CV-1 cells is an issue. In order to eliminate such interference, a GAL4 chimeric system is used in which the DNA binding domain of the transfected PPAR is replaced by that of GAL4, and the GAL4 response element is utilized in place of the AOX PPRE. Cotransfection efficacy is determined relative to PPARα agonist reference molecules. Efficacies are determined by computer fit to a concentration-response curve, or in some cases at a single high concentration of agonist (10 μM).
  • These studies are carried out to evaluate the ability of compounds of the invention to bind to and/or activate various nuclear transcription factors, particularly huPPARα (“hu” indicates “human”). These studies provide in vitro data concerning efficacy and selectivity of compounds of the invention. Furthermore, binding and cotransfection data for compounds of the invention are compared with corresponding data for marketed compounds that act on huPPARα.
  • The binding and cotransfection efficacy values for compounds of the invention which are especially useful for modulating a PPAR receptor, are ≦100 nM and ≧50%, respectively.
    • Evaluation of Triglyceride Reduction and HDL Cholesterol Elevation in HuapoAI Transgenic Mice
  • Compounds of the present invention are studied for effects upon HDL and triglyceride levels in human apoAI mice. For each compound tested, seven to eight week old male mice, transgenic for human apoAI (C57BL/6-tgn(apoa1)1rub, Jackson Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Me.) are acclimated in individual cages for two weeks with standard chow diet (Purina 5001) and water provided ad libitum. After the acclimation, mice and chow are weighed and assigned to test groups (n=5) with randomization by body weight. Mice are dosed daily by oral gavage for 8 days using a 29 gauge, 1½ inch curved feeding needle (Popper & Sons). The vehicle for the controls, test compounds and the positive control (fenofibrate 100 mg/kg) is 1% carboxymethylcellulose (w/v) with 0.25% tween 80 (w/v). All mice are dosed daily between 6 and 8 a.m. with a dosing volume of 0.2 ml. Prior to termination, animals and diets are weighed and body weight change and food consumption are calculated. Three hours after last dose, mice are euthanized with CO2 and blood is removed (0.5-1.0 ml) by cardiac puncture. After sacrifice, the liver, heart, and epididymal fat pad are excised and weighed. Blood is permitted to clot and serum is separated from the blood by centrifugation.
  • Cholesterol and triglycerides are measured colorimetrically using commercially prepared reagents (for example, as available from Sigma #339-1000 and Roche #450061 for triglycerides and cholesterol, respectively). The procedures are modified from published work (McGowan M. W. et al., Clin Chem 29:538-542, 1983; Allain C. C. et al., Clin Chem 20:470-475, 1974. Commercially available standards for triglycerides and total cholesterol, respectively, commercial quality control plasma, and samples are measured in duplicate using 200 μl of reagent. An additional aliquot of sample, added to a well containing 200 μl water, provided a blank for each specimen. Plates are incubated at room temperature on a plate shaker and absorbance is read at 500 nm and 540 nm for total cholesterol and triglycerides, respectively. Values for the positive control are always within the expected range and the coefficient of variation for samples is below 10%. All samples from an experiment are assayed at the same time to minimize inter-assay variability.
  • Serum lipoproteins are separated and cholesterol quantitated by fast protein liquid chromatography (FPLC) coupled to an in line detection system. Samples are applied to a Superose 6 HR size exclusion column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and eluted with phosphate buffered saline-EDTA at 0.5 ml/min. Cholesterol reagent (Roche Diagnostics Chol/HP 704036) at 0.16 ml/min mixed with the column effluent through a T-connection and the mixture passed through a 15 m×0.5 mm id knitted tubing reactor immersed in a 37 C water bath. The colored product produced in the presence of cholesterol is monitored in the flow strem at 505 nm and the analog voltage from the monitor is converted to a digital signal for collection and analysis. The change in voltage corresponding to change in cholesterol concentration is plotted vs time and the area under the curve corresponding to the elution of very low density lipoprotein (VLDL), low density lipoprotein (LDL) and high density lipoprotein (HDL) is calculated using Perkin Elmer Turbochrome software.
  • Triglyceride Serum Levels in Mice Dosed with a Compound of the Invention is Compared to Mice Receiving the Vehicle to identify compounds which could be particularly useful for lowering triglycerides. Generally, triglyceride decreases of greater than or equal to 30% (thirty percent) compared to control following a 30 mg/kg dose suggests a compound that can be especially useful for lowering triglyceride levels.
  • The percent increase of HDLc serum levels in mice receiving a compound of the invention is compared to mice receiving vehicle to identify compounds of the invention that could be particularly useful for elevating HDL levels. Generally, and increase of greater than or equal to 25% (twenty five percent) increase in HDLc level following a 30 mg/kg dose suggests a compound that can be especially useful for elevating HDLc levels.
  • It may be particularly desirable to select compounds of this invention that both lower triglyceride levels and increase HDLc levels. However, compounds that either lower triglyceride levels or increase HDLc levels may be desirable as well.
    • Evaluation of Glucose Levels in db/db Mice
  • The effects upon plasma glucose associated with administering various dose levels of different compounds of the present invention and the PPAR gamma agonist rosiglitazone (BRL49653) or the PPAR alpha agonist fenofibrate, and the control, to male db/db mice, are studied.
  • Five week old male diabetic (db/db) mice [for example, C57BlKs/j-m+/+Lepr(db), Jackson Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Me.] or lean littermates are housed 6 per cage with food and water available at all times. After an acclimation period of 2 weeks, animals are individually identified by ear notches, weighed, and bled via the tail vein for determination of initial glucose levels. Blood is collected (100 μl) from unfasted animals by wrapping each mouse in a towel, cutting the tip of the tail with a scalpel, and milking blood from the tail into a heparinized capillary tube. Sample is discharged into a heparinized microtainer with gel separator and retained on ice. Plasma is obtained after centrifugation at 4° C. and glucose measured immediately. Remaining plasma is frozen until the completion of the experiment, when glucose and triglycerides are assayed in all samples. Animals are grouped based on initial glucose levels and body weights. Beginning the following morning, mice are dosed daily by oral gavage for 7 days. Treatments are test compounds (30 mg/kg), a positive control agent (30 mg/kg) or vehicle [1% carboxymethylcellulose (w/v)/0.25% Tween80 (w/v); 0.3 ml/mouse]. On day 7, mice are weighed and bled (tail vein) 3 hours after dosing. Twenty-four hours after the 7th dose (i.e., day 8), animals are bled again (tail vein). Samples obtained from conscious animals on days 0, 7 and 8 are assayed for glucose. After the 24-hour bleed, animals are weighed and dosed for the final time. Three hours after dosing on day 8, animals are anesthetized by inhalation of isoflurane and blood obtained via cardiac puncture (0.5-0.7 ml). Whole blood is transferred to serum separator tubes, chilled on ice and permitted to clot. Serum is obtained after centrifugation at 4° C. and frozen until analysis for compound levels. After sacrifice by cervical dislocation, the liver, heart and epididymal fat pads are excised and weighed.
  • Glucose is measured calorimetrically using commercially purchased reagents. According to the manufacturers, the procedures are modified from published work (McGowan, M. W., Artiss, J. D., Strandbergh, D. R. & Zak, B. Clin Chem, 20:470-5 (1974) and Keston, A. Specific colorimetric enzymatic analytical reagents for glucose. Abstract of papers 129th Meeting ACS, 31C (1956).); and depend on the release of a mole of hydrogen peroxide for each mole of analyte, coupled with a color reaction first described by Trinder (Trinder, P. Determination of glucose in blood using glucose oxidase with an alternative oxygen acceptor. Ann Clin Biochem, 6:24 (1969)). The absorbance of the dye produced is linearly related to the analyte in the sample. The assays are further modified in our laboratory for use in a 96 well format. The commercially available standard for glucose, commercially available quality control plasma, and samples (2 or 5 μl/well) are measured in duplicate using 200 μl of reagent. An additional aliquot of sample, pipetted to a third well and diluted in 200 μl water, provided a blank for each specimen. Plates are incubated at room temperature for 18 minutes for glucose on a plate shaker (DPC Micormix 5) and absorbance read at 500 nm on a plate reader. Sample absorbances are compared to a standard curve (100-800 for glucose). Values for the quality control sample are always within the expected range and the coefficient of variation for samples is below 10%. All samples from an experiment are assayed at the same time to minimize inter-assay variability.
    • Evaluation of the Effects of Compounds of the Present Invention upon Ay Mice Body Weight, Fat Mass, Glucose and Insulin Levels
  • Female Ay Mice
  • Female Ay mice are singly housed, maintained under standardized conditions (22° C., 12 h light:dark cycle), and provided free access to food and water throughout the duration of the study. At twenty weeks of age the mice are randomly assigned to vehicle control and treated groups based on body weight and body fat content as assessed by DEXA scanning (N=6). Mice are then dosed via oral gavage with either vehicle or a Compound of this invention (50 mg/kg) one hour after the initiation-of the light cycle (for example, about 7 A.M.) for 18 days. Body weights are measured daily throughout the study. On day 14 mice are maintained in individual metabolic chambers for indirect calorimetry assessment of energy expenditure and fuel utilization. On day 18 mice are again subjected to DEXA scanning for post treatment measurement of body composition.
  • The results of p.o. dosing of compound for 18 days on body weight, fat mass, and lean mass are evaluated and suggest which compounds of this invention can be especially useful for maintaining desirable weight and/or promoting desired lean to fat mass.
  • Indirect calorimetry measurements revealing a significant reduction in respiratory quotient (RQ) in treated animals during the dark cycle [0.864±0.013 (Control) vs. 0.803±0.007 (Treated); p<0.001] is indicative of an increased utilization of fat during the animals' active (dark) cycle and can be used to selected especially desired compounds of this invention. Additionally, treated animals displaying significantly higher rates of energy expenditure than control animals suggest such compounds of this invention can be especially desired.
  • Male KK/Ay Mice
  • Male KK/Ay mice are singly housed, maintained under standardized conditions (22° C., 12 h light:dark cycle), and provided free access to food and water throughout the duration of the study. At twenty-two weeks of age the mice are randomly assigned to vehicle control and treated groups based on plasma glucose levels. Mice are then dosed via oral gavage with either vehicle or a Compound of this invention (30 mg/kg) one hour after the initiation of the light cycle (7 A.M.) for 14 days. Plasma glucose, triglyceride, and insulin levels are assessed on day 14.
  • The results of p.o. dosing of compound for 14 days on plasma glucose, triglycerides, and insulin are evaluated to identify compounds of this invention which may be especially desired.
  • Method to Elucidate the LDL-cholesterol Total-cholesterol and Triglyceride Lowering Effect
  • Male Syrian hamsters (Harlan Sprague Dawley) weighing 80-120 g are placed on a high-fat cholesterol-rich diet for two to three weeks prior to use. Feed and water are provided ad libitum throughout the course of the experiment. Under these conditions, hamsters become hypercholesterolemic showing plasma cholesterol levels between 180-280 mg/dl. (Hamsters fed with normal chow have a total plasma cholesterol level between 100-150 mg/dl.) Hamsters with high plasma cholesterol (180 mg/dl and above) are randomized into treatment groups based on their total cholesterol level using the GroupOptimizeV211.xls program.
  • A Compound of this invention is dissolved in an aqueous vehicle (containing CMC with Tween 80) such that each hamster received once a day approx. 1 ml of the solution by garvage at doses 3 and 30 mg/kg body weight. Fenofibrate (Sigma Chemical, prepared as a suspension in the same vehicle) is given as a known alpha-agonist control at a dose of 200 mg/kg, and the blank control is vehicle alone. Dosing is performed daily in the early morning for 14 days.
  • Quantification of Plasma Lipids:
  • On the last day of the test, hamsters are bled (400 ul) from the suborbital sinus while under isoflurane anesthesia 2 h after dosing. Blood samples are collected into heparinized microfuge tubes chilled in ice bath. Plasma samples are separated from the blood cells by brief centrifugation. Total cholesterol and triglycerides are determined by means of enzymatic assays carried out automatically in the Monarch equipment (Instrumentation Laboratory) following the manufacturer's precedure. Plasma lipoproteins (VLDL, LDL and HDL) are resolved by injecting 25 ul of the pooled plasma samples into an FPLC system eluted with phosphate buffered saline at 0.5 ml/min through a Superose 6 HR 10/30 column (Pharmacia) maintained room temp. Detection and characterization of the isolated plasma lipids are accomplished by postcolumn incubation of the effluent with a Cholesterol/HP reagent (for example, Roche Lab System; infused at 0.12 ml/min) in a knitted reaction coil maintained at 37° C. The intensity of the color formed is proportional to the cholesterol concentration and is measured photometrically at 505 nm.
  • The effect of administration of a Compound of this invention for 14 days is studied for the percent reduction in LDL level with reference to the vehicle group. Especially desired compounds are markedly more potent than fenofibrate in LDL-lowering efficacy. Compounds of this invention that decrease LDL greater than or equal to 30% (thirty percent) compared to vehicle can be especially desired.
  • The total-cholesterol and triglyceride lowering effects of a Compound of this invention is also studied. The data for reduction in total cholesterol and triglyceride levels after treatment with a compound of this invention for 14 days is compared to the vehicle to suggest compounds that can be particularly desired. The known control fenofibrate did not show significant efficacy under the same experimental conditions.
  • Method to Elucidate the Fibrinogen-Lowering Effect of PPAR Modulators
  • Zucker Fatty Rat Model:
  • The life phase of the study on fibrinogen-lowering effect of compounds of this invention is part of the life phase procedures for the antidiabetic studies of the same compounds. On the last (14th) day of the treatment period, with the animals placed under surgical anesthesia, ˜3 ml of blood is collected, by cardiac puncture, into a syringe containing citrate buffer. The blood sample is chilled and centrifuged at 4° C. to isolate the plasma that is stored at −70° C. prior to fibrinogen assay.
  • Quantification of Rat Plasma Fibrinogen:
  • Rat plasma fibrinogen levels are quantified by using a commercial assay system consists of a coagulation instrument following the manufacturer's protocol. In essence, 100 ul of plasma is sampled from each specimen and a 1/20 dilution is prepared with buffer. The diluted plasma is incubated at 37° C. for 240 seconds. Fifty microliters of clotting reagent thrombin solution (provided by the instrument's manufacturer in a standard concentration) is then added. The instrument monitors the clotting time, a function of fibrinogen concentration quantified with reference to standard samples. Compounds that lower fibrinogen level greater than vehicle can be especially desired.
  • Cholesterol and triglyceride lowering effects of compounds of this invention are also studied in Zucker rats.
  • Method to Elucidate the Anti-Body Weight Gain and Anti-Appetite Effects of Compounds of this Invention
  • Fourteen-Day Study in Zucker Fatty Rat1 or ZDF Rat2 Models:
  • Male Zucker Fatty rats, non-diabetic (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, Mass.) or male ZDF rats (Genetic Models, Inc, Indianapolis, Ind.) of comparable age and weight are acclimated for 1 week prior to treatment. Rats are on normal chow and water is provided ad libitum throughout the course of the experiment.
  • Compounds of this invention are dissolved in an aqueous vehicle such that each rat received once a day approximately 1 ml of the solution by garvage at doses 0.1, 0.3, 1 and 3 mg/kg body weight. Fenofibrate (Sigma Chemical, prepared as a suspension in the same vehicle) a known alpha-agonist given at doses of 300 mg/kg, as well as the vehicle are controls. Dosing is performed daily in the early morning for 14 days. Over the course of the experiment, body weight and food consumption are monitored.
  • Using this assay, compounds of this invention are identified to determine which can be associated with a significant weight reduction.
  • Method to Elucidate the Activation of the PPAR Delta Receptor in Vivo
  • This method is particularly useful for measuring the in vivo PPARdelta receptor activation of compounds of this invention that are determined to possess significant in vitro activity for that receptor isoform over the PPAR gamma isoform.
  • Male PPARa null mice (129s4 SvJae-PPARa<tm1Gonz>mice; Jackson Laboratories) of 8-9 weeks of age are maintained on Purina 5001 chow with water ad libitum for at least one week prior to use. Feed and water are provided ad libitum throughout the course of the experiment. Using the GroupOptimizeV211.xls program, mice are randomized into treatment groups of five animals each based on their body weight.
  • Compounds of this invention are suspended in an aqueous vehicle of 1% (w/v) carboxymethylcellulose and 0.25% Tween 80 such that each mouse receives once a day approx. 0.2 ml of the solution by gavage at doses ranging from 0.2 to 20 mg/kg body weight. A control group of mice is included in each experiment whereby they are dosed in parallel with vehicle alone. Dosing is performed daily in the early morning for 7 days.
  • On the last day of dosing, mice are euthanized by CO2 asphyxiation 3 hours after the final dose. Blood samples are collected by heart draw into EDTA-containing microfuge tubes and chilled on ice. Liver samples are collected by necropsy and are flash-frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at ˜80 degrees Celsius. For RNA isolation from liver, five to ten mg of frozen liver is placed in 700 μl of 1× Nucleic Acid Lysis Solution (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.) and homogenized using a hand-held tissue macerator (Biospec Products Inc., Bartlesville, Okla.). The homogenate is filtered through an ABI Tissue pre-filter (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.) and collected in a deep well plate on an ABI 6100 Nucleic Acid prep station (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.). The filtered homogenate is then loaded onto an RNA isolation plate and the RNA Tissue-Filter-DNA method is run on the ABI 6100. The isolated RNA is eluted in 150 μl of RNase free water. For quality assessment, 9 μl of the isolated RNA solution is loaded onto a 1% TBE agarose gel, and the RNA is visualized by ethidium-bromide fluorescence.
  • Complementary DNA (cDNA) is synthesized using the ABI High Capacity Archive Kit (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.). Briefly, a 2× reverse transcriptase Master Mix is prepared according to the manufacturer's protocol for the appropriate number of samples (RT Buffer, dNTP, Random Primers, MultiScribe RT (50U/μl), RNase free water). For each reaction, 50 μl of 2× RT Master Mix is added to 50 μl of isolated RNA in a PCR tube that is incubated in a thermocycler (25° C. for 10 minutes followed by 37° C. for 2 hours). The resultant cDNA preparation is diluted 1:100 in dH2O for analysis by real-time PCR. Also, a standard curve of cDNA is diluted 1:20, 1:100, 1:400, 1:2000, 1:10,000 for use in final quantitation.
  • A real-time PCR Master Mix for mouse Cyp4A1 gene expression is mixed to contain:
      • 1× Taqman Universal PCR Master Mix (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.)
      • 6 micromolar final concentration Forward primer;. Qiagen/Operon Technologies, Alameda, Calif.)
      • 6 micromolar final concentration Reverse primer (Qiagen/Operon Technologies, Alameda, Calif.)
      • 0.15 micromolar final concentration Probe (5′ 6-FAM and 3′ Tamra-Q; Qiagen/Operon Technologies, Alameda, Calif.)
      • RNase free water to 10 microliters
        A real-time PCR Master Mix for the 18S ribosomal RNA control gene expression is mixed to contain
      • 1× Taqman Universal PCR Master Mix (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.)
      • 0.34 micromolar Probe/Primer TaqMan® Ribosomal RNA Control Reagents #4308329 Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.)
      • RNase free water to 10 microliters
  • For the real-time PCR analysis, 6 ul of the respective Master Mix solution (either Cyp4A1 or 18S) and 4 ul either of diluted cDNA or of Standard Curve samples is added to individual wells of a 384-well plate (n=2 for Standards; n=4 for unknowns). Reactions are performed using the ABI 7900 HT standard universal RT-PCR cycling protocol. Data are analyzed using SDS 2.1 (Applied Biosystems Inc., Foster City, Calif.). Average quantity and standard deviation are calculated automatically for each individual sample, according to the standard curve values. Using Microsoft Excel 2000, mean values for each group of five individual mice is calculated. The mean value of each compound-treated group is divided by the mean value of the vehicle-treated group. The fold induction over the vehicle group is determined by assigning the vehicle group to the value of 1.0, and the fold change of the mean value for each group is expressed as fold-induction versus vehicle (1.0). Data are plotted using Jandel SigmaPlot 8.0.
    • Monkey Studies Efficacy Studies
  • Compounds of the invention may be examined in a dyslipidemic rhesus monkey model. After an oral dose-escalation study for 28 days in obese, non-diabetic rhesus monkeys a determination of HDL-c elevation is made with each dose and compared with pretreatment levels. LDL cholesterol is also determined with each dose. C-reactive protein levels are measured and compared to pretreatment levels.
  • Compound of Formula I may be shown to elevate plasma HDL-cholesterol levels in an African Green Monkey model in a manner similar to that described above in rhesus monkeys.
  • Two groups of monkeys are placed in a dose-escalating study that consists of one week of baseline measurements, 9 weeks of treatments (vehicle, Compound of Formula I), and four weeks of washout. During baseline, monkeys in all three groups are administered vehicle once daily for seven days. Test compound of Formula I, is administered in vehicle once daily for three weeks, then at a greater concentration (double the dose may be desired) once daily for three weeks, and then a still greater concentration (double the most recent dose may be desired) once daily for three weeks. At the completion of treatment, monkeys in both groups are administered vehicle once daily and monitored for an additional six weeks.
  • Animals are fasted overnight and then sedated for body weight measurements and blood collection at weeks 1 (vehicle), 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, and 14 of the study.
  • Parameters to Measured, for Example:
    • Body weight
    • Total plasma cholesterol
    • HDL
    • LDL
    • Triglycerides
    • Insulin
    • Glucose
    • PK parameters at week 4, 7, and 10 (plasma drug concentration at last week of each dose)
    • ApoAI
    • ApoAII
    • ApoB
    • ApoCIII
    • Liver enzymes (SGPT, SGOT, □GT)
    • Complete blood count
  • Additionally, other measures may be made, as appropriate, and consistent with the stated study design.
  • Equivalents:
  • While this invention has been particularly shown and described with references to preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes in form and details may be made therein without departing from the scope of the invention encompassed by the appended claims.

Claims (67)

1. A compound of the Formula I′:
Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00276
and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
(a) R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and, wherein C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents independently selected from R1′;
(b) R1′, R26, R27, R28 and R31 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryloxy, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)R13, COOR14, OC(O)R15, OS(O)2R16, N(R17)2, NR18C(O)R19, NR20SO2R21, SR22, S(O)R23, S(O)2R24, and S(O)2N(R25)2; R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
(c) R2 is selected from the group consisting of C0-C8 alkyl and C1-4-heteroalkyl;
(d) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N;
(e) U is an aliphatic linker wherein one carbon atom of the aliphatic linker is optionally replaced with O, NH or S, and wherein such aliphatic linker is optionally substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30;
(f) Y is selected from the group consisting of C, NH, and a single bond;
(g) E is C(R3)(R4)A and wherein
(i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; wherein sulfonamide, acylsulfonamide and tetrazole are each optionally substituted with from one to two groups independently selected from R7;
(ii) each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, aryl C0-C4 alkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
(iii) R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C5 alkyl, and C1-C5 alkoxy; and
(iv) R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R26;
(h) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N;
(i) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C;
(j) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, and halo;
(k) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29, and wherein aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R27; R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;
(l) R10, R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C0-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6haloalkyl, C1-C6haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-CO-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, aryloxy, C(O)R13′, COOR14′, OC(O)R15′, OS(O)2R16′, N(R17′)2, NR18′C(O)R19′, NR20′SO2R21′, SR22′, S(O)R23′, S(O)2R24′, and S(O)2N(R25′)2; and wherein aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R28;
(m) R12′, R12″, R13′, R14′, R15′, R16′, R17′, R18′, R19′, R20′, R21′, R22′, R23′, R24′, and R25′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
(n) R30 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and wherein C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R31;
(o) R32 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, hydrogen, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyloxo; and (p) — is optionally a bond to form a double bond at the indicated position.
2. A compound of the Formula I″:
Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00277
and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
(a) R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and, wherein C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents independently selected from R1′;
(b) R1′, R26, R27, R28 and R31 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryloxy, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)R13, COOR14, OC(O)R15, OS(O)2R16, N(R17)2, NR18C(O)R19, NR20SO2R21, SR22, S(O)R23, S(O)2R24, and S(O)2N(R25)2; R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
(c) R2 is selected from the group consisting of C0-C8 alkyl and C1-4-heteroalkyl;
(d) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N;
(e) U is an aliphatic linker wherein one carbon atom of the aliphatic linker is optionally replaced with O, NH or S, and wherein such aliphatic linker is substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30;
(f) Y is selected from the group consisting of C, and;
(g) E is C(R3)(R4)A or A and wherein
(i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; wherein sulfonamide, acylsulfonamide and tetrazole are each optionally substituted with from one to two groups independently selected from R7;
(ii) each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, aryl C0-C4 alkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
(iii) R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C5 alkyl, and C1-C5 alkoxy; and
(iv) R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R26;
(h) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N;
(i) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C;
(j) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, and halo;
(k) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29, and wherein aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R27; R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;
(l) R10, R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C0-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, aryloxy, C(O)R13′, COOR14′, OC(O)R15′, OS(O)2R16′, N(R17′)2, NR18′C(O)R19′, NR20′SO2R21′, SR22′, S(O)R23′, S(O)2R24′, and S(O)2N(R25′)2; and wherein aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R28;
(m) R12′, R12″, R13′, R14′, R15′, R16′, R17′, R18′, R19′, R20′, R21′, R22′, R23′, R24′, and R25′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl and aryl;
(n) R30 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and wherein C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R31;
(o) R32 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, hydrogen, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyloxo; and
(p) — is optionally a bond to form a double bond at the indicated position.
3. A compound as claimed by claim 2 of the Formula I′″:
Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00278
and stereoisomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and hydrates thereof, wherein:
(a) R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and, wherein C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C8 alkenyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents independently selected from R1′;
(b) R1′, R26, R27, R28 and R31 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryloxy, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, C(O)R13, COOR14, OC(O)R15, OS(O)2R16, N(R17)2, NR18C(O)R19, NR20SO2R21, SR22, S(O)R23, S(O)2R24, and S(O)2N(R25)2; R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R24 and R25 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl and aryl;
(c) R2 is selected from the group consisting of C0-C8 alkyl and C1-4-heteroalkyl;
(d) X is selected from the group consisting of a single bond, O, S, S(O)2 and N;
(e) U is an aliphatic linker wherein one carbon atom of the aliphatic linker is optionally replaced with O, NH or S, and wherein such aliphatic linker is optionally substituted with from one to four substituents each independently selected from R30;
(f) Y is selected from the group consisting of and C;
(g) E is C(R3)(R4)A; wherein
(i) A is selected from the group consisting of carboxyl, tetrazole, C1-C6 alkylnitrile, carboxamide, sulfonamide and acylsulfonamide; wherein sulfonamide, acylsulfonamide and tetrazole are each optionally substituted with from one to two groups independently selected from R7;
(ii) each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, aryl C0-C4 alkyl and C1-C6 alkyl;
(iii) R3 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C5 alkyl, and C1-C5 alkoxy; and
(iv) R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R26;
with the proviso that when Y is O then R4 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, aryloxy, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, and aryl C0-C4 alkyl, and R3 and R4 are optionally combined to form a C3-C4 cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl and aryl-alkyl are each optionally substituted with one to three each independently selected from R26;
(h) Z1 and Z2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C with the proviso that at least one of Z1 and Z2 is N;
(i) Z3 is selected from the group consisting of N, O, and C;
(j) R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, and halo;
(k) R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkylenyl, halo, aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl, C1-C6 allyl, and OR29, and wherein aryl-C0-C4 alkyl, heteroaryl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R27; R29 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C4 alkyl;
(l) R10, R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C0-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, aryloxy, C(O)R13′, COOR14′, OC(O)R15′, OS(O)2R16′, N(R17′)2, NR18′C(O)R19′, NR20′SO2R21′, SR22′, S(O)R23′, S(O)2R24′, and S(O)2N(R25′)2; and wherein aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three independently selected from R28;
(m) R12′, R12″, R13′, R14′, R15′, R16′, R17′, R18′, R19′, R20′, R21′, R22′, R23′, R24′, and R25′ are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl and aryl;
(n) R30 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and wherein C1-C 6 alkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl are each optionally substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R31;
(o) R32 is selected from the group consisting of a bond, hydrogen, halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 alkyloxo; and
(p) — is optionally a bond to form a double bond at the indicated position.
4. (canceled)
5. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein X is —O—.
6. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein X is —S—.
7. (canceled)
8. A compound as claimed by claim 2 wherein Y is C.
9. A compound as claimed by claim 2 wherein Y is S.
10. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein Z3 is N.
11. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein Z3 is O.
12. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein Z2 is N.
13. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1, or 2 wherein Z1 is C.
14. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein Z1 is N.
15. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein Z1 is O.
16. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein — is a bond to form a double bond at the designated location on Formula I.
17. A compound as claimed by claim 14 wherein E is C(R3)(R4)A.
18. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 wherein A is COOH.
19. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein R10 is haloalkyl.
20. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein R10 is CF3.
21. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein R10 is haloalkyloxy.
22. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein R10 and R11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, oxo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkyl-COOR12″, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, and C1-C6 haloalkyloxy.
23. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein R10 is selected from the group consisting of C3-C7 cycloalkyl, aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl, and aryloxy.
24. A compound as claimed by claim 2 wherein R1 is optionally substituted C2-C3 arylalkyl.
25. A compound as claimed by claim 18, wherein R8 and R9 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl.
26. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein R1, R2, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C2 alkyl.
27. A compound as claimed by claim and 18 wherein R1, R3, and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C2 alkyl.
28. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein R2 is a bond.
29. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein U is C1-C3 alkyl.
30. A compound as claimed by claim 1 wherein U is saturated.
31. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein U is substituted with C1-C3 alkyl.
32. A compound as claimed by claim 29 wherein one carbon of the aliphatic linker is replaced with an O.
33. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein U is an aliphatic linker having one carbon replaced by S.
34. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein the aliphatic linker is substituted with from one to three substituents each independently selected from R30.
35. A compound as claimed by claim 34 wherein the aliphatic linker is substituted with from one to two substituents each independently selected from R30.
36. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein each R30 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl.
37. A compound as claimed by claim 36 wherein each R30 is independently selected from the group consisting of C2-C3 alklyl.
38. A compound as claimed by claim 34 wherein R30 is selected from the group consisting of aryl-C0-4-alkyl, aryl-C1-4-heteroalkyl, heteroaryl-C0-4-alkyl, and C3-C6 cycloalkylaryl-C0-2-alkyl.
39. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein “—” each form a double bond in the five membered ring, Z2 and Z3 are each N and Z3 is bonded to R2.
40. (canceled)
41. A compound as claimed by claim 36 wherein U is substituted with methyl.
42. A compound as claimed by claim 29 wherein U is methylene.
43. A compound as claimed by any one of claims 1 or 2 or represented by the following Structural Formula II:
Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00279
wherein R33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl.
44. A compound as claimed by claim 18 represented by the following Structural Formula III:
Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00280
wherein R33 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-C3 alkyl.
45. A compound as claimed by claim 18 represented by the following Structural Formula
Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00281
46. A compound as claimed by claim 18 represented by the following Structural Formula V:
Figure US20060241157A1-20061026-C00282
47. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein X and Y are substituted at a 1,4-position, such that X and Y are para substituted to one another.
48. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein X and Y are substituted at a 1,3-position, such that X and Y are meta substituted to one another.
49. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of
(3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;
(3-{1-[3-Methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-acetic acid;
(4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenoxy)-acetic acid;
3-(4-{1-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-2-methyl-phenyl)-propionic acid;
3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
{3-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid;
3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
(S)-3-{4-[5-Chloro-3-isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-propionic acid;
{3-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-acetic acid;
3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid;
3-{4-[3-Isopropyl-1-(4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-2-methoxy-propionic acid;
3-[2-Methyl-4-(3-methyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrazol-4-ylmethoxy)-phenyl]-propionic acid;
{2-Methyl-4-[5-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-[1,2,3]triazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
3-{2-Methyl-4-[4-methyl-3-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-isoxazol-5-ylmethoxy]-phenyl}-propionic acid;
{4-[5-Isopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid; {4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
{4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid; and
3-{4-[5-Isopropyl-3-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-3H-imidazol-4-ylmethoxy]-2-methyl-phenyl}-propionic acid.
50. A compound as claimed by claim 18 which is a compound of Formula I selected from the group consisting of (R)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid, (S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid, (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-propylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid, and (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
51. A compound as claimed by claims 1 which is (R,S)-(2-Methyl-4-{1-[3-methyl-1-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl]-ethylsulfanyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid.
52. A compound as claimed by claim 2 that is the S conformation.
53. A compound as claimed by claim 2 that is the R conformation.
54. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising as an active ingredient, at least one compound as claimed by claim 18 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
55. (canceled)
56. A method of treating diabetes mellitus in a mammal, comprising the step of administering to the mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 18.
57. A method of treating metabolic disorder in a mammal, comprising the step of administering to the mammal in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 18.
58. A method of claim 57 wherein the mammal in need thereof is diagnosed as suffering from metabolic disorder.
59. A method of selectively modulating a PPAR delta receptor comprising administering a compound as claimed by claim 2 to a mammal in need thereof.
60. (canceled)
61. (canceled)
62. (canceled)
63. A method for treating or preventing the progression of cardiovascular disease in a mammal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as claimed by claim 18.
64. A method as claimed by claim 63 wherein the mammal is diagnosed as being in need of such treatment.
65. A compound as claimed by claim 18 wherein the compound is radiolabeled.
66. (canceled)
67. (canceled)
US10/540,341 2003-01-06 2003-12-31 Heterocyclic ppar modulators Abandoned US20060241157A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/540,341 US20060241157A1 (en) 2003-01-06 2003-12-31 Heterocyclic ppar modulators

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US43856303P 2003-01-06 2003-01-06
PCT/US2003/039119 WO2004063166A1 (en) 2003-01-06 2003-12-31 Heterocyclic ppar modulators
US10/540,341 US20060241157A1 (en) 2003-01-06 2003-12-31 Heterocyclic ppar modulators

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20060241157A1 true US20060241157A1 (en) 2006-10-26

Family

ID=32713346

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/537,282 Expired - Fee Related US7396850B2 (en) 2003-01-06 2003-12-31 Pyrazole derivative as PPAR modulator
US10/540,341 Abandoned US20060241157A1 (en) 2003-01-06 2003-12-31 Heterocyclic ppar modulators

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/537,282 Expired - Fee Related US7396850B2 (en) 2003-01-06 2003-12-31 Pyrazole derivative as PPAR modulator

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US7396850B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1583746A1 (en)
AR (1) AR042705A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2003296404A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2004000011A1 (en)
PE (1) PE20041039A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200505867A (en)
WO (2) WO2004063165A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050245589A1 (en) * 2004-04-28 2005-11-03 Jean Ackermann Pyrazole phenyl derivatives
US20070043220A1 (en) * 2003-01-06 2007-02-22 Conner Scott E Pyrazole derivative as ppar modulator
WO2008073825A1 (en) * 2006-12-08 2008-06-19 Exelixis, Inc. Lxr and fxr modulators
US20100075964A1 (en) * 2005-06-27 2010-03-25 Exelixis, Inc. Imidazole based lxr modulators
US20100183696A1 (en) * 2007-01-30 2010-07-22 Allergan, Inc Treating Ocular Diseases Using Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptor Delta Antagonists
US20100324104A1 (en) * 2008-02-12 2010-12-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 1,2,3-triazoles as 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type i inhibitors
US11034669B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-06-15 Nuvation Bio Inc. Pyrrole and pyrazole compounds and methods of use thereof

Families Citing this family (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GEP20074236B (en) * 2003-05-01 2007-11-12 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Aryl-substituted pyrazole-amide compounds useful as kinase inhibitors
ATE515494T1 (en) 2004-05-05 2011-07-15 High Point Pharmaceuticals Llc NEW COMPOUNDS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
US7968723B2 (en) 2004-05-05 2011-06-28 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compounds, their preparation and use
FR2882359A1 (en) * 2005-02-24 2006-08-25 Negma Lerads Soc Par Actions S PPAR ACTIVATOR DERIVATIVES, PREPARATION METHOD AND THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
KR20070113253A (en) * 2005-02-28 2007-11-28 닛뽕 케미파 가부시키가이샤 Activator of Peroxysome Proliferative Activator Receptor δ
WO2006126514A1 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-11-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Arylacetate derivative having isoxazole skeleton
KR101333101B1 (en) 2005-06-30 2013-11-26 하이 포인트 파마슈티칼스, 엘엘씨 Phenoxy Acetic Acid as PPA-Delta Activator
EP1939189A4 (en) 2005-08-26 2013-03-13 Shionogi & Co DERIVATIVE HAVING AGONIST ACTIVITY AGAINST PPAR
US20080249137A1 (en) * 2005-09-07 2008-10-09 Jack Lin PPAR active compounds
NZ568488A (en) 2005-12-22 2011-07-29 High Point Pharmaceuticals Llc Phenoxy acetic acids as PPAR delta activators
US7943612B2 (en) 2006-03-09 2011-05-17 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compounds that modulate PPAR activity, their preparation and use
CA2649735C (en) 2006-04-18 2016-02-09 Nippon Chemiphar Co., Ltd. Activating agent for peroxisome proliferator activated receptor .delta.
JPWO2008010511A1 (en) * 2006-07-19 2009-12-17 武田薬品工業株式会社 Screening method
WO2008103574A2 (en) * 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 Eli Lilly And Company Peroxisome proliferator activated receptor modulators
SI2277874T1 (en) 2008-04-15 2019-01-31 Nippon Chemiphar Co., Ltd. Activator for peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor
CN101643451B (en) 2008-08-07 2013-03-06 浙江海正药业股份有限公司 Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor subtype delta agonist compound and preparation method thereof
US20130197043A1 (en) 2010-08-31 2013-08-01 Snu R&Db Foundation Use of the fetal reprogramming of a ppar agonist
US9145369B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2015-09-29 Bayer Cropscience Ag Process for preparing 1-alkyl-3-fluoroalkyl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid chlorides
US9169214B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-10-27 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions
WO2015035171A1 (en) 2013-09-09 2015-03-12 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Use of a ppar-delta agonist for treating muscle atrophy
DK3097081T3 (en) * 2014-01-24 2018-01-29 Bayer Cropscience Ag PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING 1-ALKYL-3-DIFLUORMETHYL-5-FLUOR-1H-PYRAZOL-4-CARBALDEHYDER AND 1-ALKYL-3-DIFLUORMETHYL-5-FLUOR-1H-PYRAZYL-4-CARBOXYL
CA3036587A1 (en) 2016-10-05 2018-04-12 Mitobridge, Inc. Crystalline and salt forms of ppar agonist compounds
WO2023147309A1 (en) 2022-01-25 2023-08-03 Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of ppar-delta agonists in the treatment of disease

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070043220A1 (en) * 2003-01-06 2007-02-22 Conner Scott E Pyrazole derivative as ppar modulator

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0442448A3 (en) 1990-02-13 1992-08-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclic carboxylic acids and esters
JP3694774B2 (en) * 1997-10-31 2005-09-14 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Phenylcarboxylic acid derivatives
WO2001016120A1 (en) * 1999-08-27 2001-03-08 Eli Lilly And Company Biaryl-oxa(thia)zole derivatives and their use as ppars modulators
CO5221057A1 (en) * 2000-03-02 2002-11-28 Aventis Cropscience Sa PESTICIATED COMPONENTS AND COMPOSITIONS
MXPA03010903A (en) 2001-06-07 2004-02-17 Lilly Co Eli Modulators of peroxisome proliferator activated receptors (ppar).
US6875780B2 (en) * 2002-04-05 2005-04-05 Warner-Lambert Company Compounds that modulate PPAR activity and methods for their preparation
EP1513817A1 (en) * 2002-05-24 2005-03-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited 1, 2-azole derivatives with hypoglycemic and hypolipidemic activity

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070043220A1 (en) * 2003-01-06 2007-02-22 Conner Scott E Pyrazole derivative as ppar modulator

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070043220A1 (en) * 2003-01-06 2007-02-22 Conner Scott E Pyrazole derivative as ppar modulator
US7396850B2 (en) 2003-01-06 2008-07-08 Eli Lilly And Company Pyrazole derivative as PPAR modulator
US20050245589A1 (en) * 2004-04-28 2005-11-03 Jean Ackermann Pyrazole phenyl derivatives
US20110237640A1 (en) * 2004-04-28 2011-09-29 Jean Ackermann Pyrazole phenyl derivatives
US20100035953A1 (en) * 2004-04-28 2010-02-11 Jean Ackermann Pyrazole Phenyl Derivatives
US20100331295A1 (en) * 2005-06-27 2010-12-30 Exelixis, Inc. Modulators of lxr
US20100075964A1 (en) * 2005-06-27 2010-03-25 Exelixis, Inc. Imidazole based lxr modulators
US8569352B2 (en) 2005-06-27 2013-10-29 Exelixis Patent Company Llc Imidazole based LXR modulators
US8703805B2 (en) 2005-06-27 2014-04-22 Exelixis Patent Company Llc Modulators of LXR
US9000022B2 (en) 2005-06-27 2015-04-07 Exelixis Patent Company Llc Imidazole based LXR modulators
US7998995B2 (en) 2006-12-08 2011-08-16 Exelixis Patent Company Llc LXR and FXR modulators
WO2008073825A1 (en) * 2006-12-08 2008-06-19 Exelixis, Inc. Lxr and fxr modulators
US20100183696A1 (en) * 2007-01-30 2010-07-22 Allergan, Inc Treating Ocular Diseases Using Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptor Delta Antagonists
US8729042B2 (en) 2007-01-30 2014-05-20 Allergan, Inc. Treating ocular diseases using peroxisome proliferator—activated receptor delta antagonists
US20100324104A1 (en) * 2008-02-12 2010-12-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 1,2,3-triazoles as 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type i inhibitors
US8263630B2 (en) 2008-02-12 2012-09-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 1,2,3-triazoles as 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type I inhibitors
US11034669B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-06-15 Nuvation Bio Inc. Pyrrole and pyrazole compounds and methods of use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US7396850B2 (en) 2008-07-08
WO2004063165A1 (en) 2004-07-29
TW200505867A (en) 2005-02-16
US20070043220A1 (en) 2007-02-22
WO2004063166A8 (en) 2005-03-03
PE20041039A1 (en) 2004-12-30
AU2003296404A1 (en) 2004-08-10
EP1583746A1 (en) 2005-10-12
EP1585733A1 (en) 2005-10-19
AU2003296401A1 (en) 2004-08-10
CL2004000011A1 (en) 2005-04-15
AR042705A1 (en) 2005-06-29
WO2004063166A1 (en) 2004-07-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20060241157A1 (en) Heterocyclic ppar modulators
US7544707B2 (en) Bicyclic derivatives as PPAR modulators
US7507832B2 (en) Triazole PPAR modulators
US7384965B2 (en) Fused heterocyclic derivatives as PPAR modulators
US7153878B2 (en) Peroxisome proliferator activated receptor modulators
US7259175B2 (en) Peroxisome proliferator activated receptor modulators
US7528160B2 (en) Fused heterocyclic derivatives as PPAR modulators
US20090176863A1 (en) Thiophene derivative ppar modulators
US7544812B2 (en) Peroxisome proliferator activated receptor agonists
US6930120B2 (en) Oxazolyl-arylproplonic acid derivatives and their use as ppar agonists
US7220880B2 (en) Amide linker peroxisome proliferator activated receptor modulators
US7176224B2 (en) Oxazolyl-aryloxyacetic acid derivatives and their use as PPAR agonists
US20060166983A1 (en) Indole derivatives as ppar modulators
MXPA96005520A (en) New azolidindions as agents antiglicemi

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ELI LILLY AND COMPANY, INDIANA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CONNER, SCOTT EUGENE;MA, TIANWEI;MANTLO, NATHAN BRYAN;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:017441/0031;SIGNING DATES FROM 20040204 TO 20040318

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

点击 这是indexloc提供的php浏览器服务，不要输入任何密码和下载